You are on page 1of 235

MNL 306

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM

ADAPT-PT
Version 7.20

FOR

Analysis and Design of Post-Tensioned Buildings


Beams, Slabs, and Single Story Frames

Volume III

Program Verification and Examples

Copyright 2006

E-Mail support@adaptsoft.com www.adaptsoft.com


1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California, 94061, USA, Tel: (650) 306-2400 Fax (650) 306-2401
ADAPT ADAPT-PT

LIST OF CONTENTS

1. OVERVIEW............................................................................................................... 1-1

2. ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION ........................................................................ 2-1


2.1 GIVEN VALUES............................................................................................... 2-1
A. Structural System.............................................................................. 2-2
B. Design Code...................................................................................... 2-2
C. Material Properties............................................................................ 2-2
D. Load Case and Combinations........................................................... 2-3
E. Deflections........................................................................................ 2-4
F. Cover................................................................................................. 2-4
G. Tendon Profile.................................................................................. 2-5
2.2 COMPUTED VALUES..................................................................................... 2-5
2.2.1 Computer Report for American Units............................................... 2-5
2.2.2 Computer Report for American SI Units.......................................... 2-14
2.3 VERIFICATION................................................................................................ 2-22
2.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units....................................... 2-23
A. Geometry of Slab (Data Block 2)......................................... 2-23
B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)..................................................... 2-23
C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)....................... 2-23
D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)....................................... 2-23
E. Dead and Live Load Moments (Data
Block 5 and 6)....................................................................... 2-23
F. Reactions............................................................................... 2-24
G. Reduction of Moments to the Face-of-Support
(Data Block 7)....................................................................... 2-24
H. Sum of Dead and Live Load Moments
(Data Block 8)....................................................................... 2-25
I. Tendon Profiles and Forces (Data Block 9.2, 9.3)................ 2-25
J. Post-Tensioning Balanced Moments (Data Block 9.7)......... 2-27
K. Stress Check for Serviceability (Data Block 9.6)................. 2-29
L. Required Post-Tensioning (Data Block 9.5)......................... 2-31
M. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)................................ 2-31
N. Factored Moments (Design Moments)
(Data Block 10.1).................................................................. 2-31
O. Nonprestressed Reinforcement (Mild Reinforcement
(Data Block 11)..................................................................... 2-33
P. Shear Design (Data Block 12)............................................... 2-35
2.3.2 Verification of SI Report................................................................... 2-36

3. TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION............................................................ 3-1


3.1 GIVEN VALUES............................................................................................... 3-1
A. Structural System.............................................................................. 3-2
B. Design Code...................................................................................... 3-2

i
ADAPT ADAPT-PT

C. Material Properties............................................................................ 3-2


D. Load Cases and Combinations.......................................................... 3-3
E. Deflections........................................................................................ 3-4
F. Cover................................................................................................. 3-4
G. Tendon Profile.................................................................................. 3-5
3.2 COMPUTED VALUES..................................................................................... 3-5
3.2.1 ADAPT-PT Report in American System of Units............................ 3-5
3.2.2 ADAPT-PT Report in SI System of Units........................................ 3-16
3.3 VERIFICATION................................................................................................ 3-25
3.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units....................................... 3-25
A. Geometry of Slab (Data Block 2)......................................... 3-25
B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)..................................................... 3-25
C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)....................... 3-25
D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)....................................... 3-26
E. Tendon Profile, Force and Balanced Loading (Data
Block 9)................................................................................. 3-26
F. Structural System Line (Centerline) Moments..................... 3-26
G. Column Stiffness KC (Reference Numbers F3, F4,
See Table 3.2.1-1)................................................................. 3-26
H. Dead and Live Load Moments
(Data Block 5 and 6)............................................................. 3-28
I. Reduction of Moments to the Face-of-Support..................... 3-28
J. Stresses (Data Block 9.6)...................................................... 3-29
K. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)................................ 3-31
L. Factored Moments (Design Moments)
(Data Block 10.1).................................................................. 3-34
M. Nonprestressed (Mild) Reinforcement (Data Block 11)....... 3-34
N. Punching Shear Capacity (Data Block 12)............................ 3-37
O. Deflections (Data Block 13).................................................. 3-39
3.3.2 Verification of SI Report................................................................... 3-41

4. CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION........................................................ 4-1


4.1 GIVEN VALUES............................................................................................... 4-1
A. Structural System.............................................................................. 4-2
B. Design Code...................................................................................... 4-2
C. Material Properties............................................................................ 4-2
D. Load Cases and Combinations.......................................................... 4-3
E. Deflections........................................................................................ 4-4
F. Cover................................................................................................. 4-4
G. Tendon Profile.................................................................................. 4-5
4.2 COMPUTED VALUES..................................................................................... 4-5
4.2.1 Computer Report for American Units............................................... 4-5
4.2.2 Computer Report for SI Units........................................................... 4-14
4.3 VERIFICATION................................................................................................ 4-23
4.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units....................................... 4-23
A. Geometry of Beam (Data Block 2)....................................... 4-23

ii
ADAPT ADAPT-PT

B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)..................................................... 4-23


C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)....................... 4-23
D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)....................................... 4-24
E. Centerline Moments (Data Block 5 and 6)............................ 4-24
F. Tendon Profile and Forces (Data Block 9)............................ 4-24
G. Required Post-Tensioning Forces (Data Block 9.5).............. 4-26
H. Service Stresses (Data Block 9.6)......................................... 4-27
I. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)................................ 4-28
J. Factored Moments and Reactions (Data Block 10.1)........... 4-29
K. Nonprestressed (Mild) Reinforcement (Data Block 11)....... 4-29
L. Shear Design (Data Block 12)............................................... 4-31
4.3.2 Verification of SI Report................................................................... 4-32

5. SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS................................................................................... 5-1


5.1 FIXED END MOMENTS OF NONPRISMATIC SPANS............................... 5-1
A. Fixed End Moments.......................................................................... 5-2
B. Variations in Moment of Inertia....................................................... 5-3
C. Stiffness Coefficients and Carry Over Factors................................. 5-5
5.2 REDUCTION OF MOMENTS TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT............................... 5-6
A. Secondary Moments......................................................................... 5-9
5.3 BALANCED LOADING................................................................................... 5-9
A. Generation of Balanced Loading...................................................... 5-10
B. Average Balanced Loading............................................................... 5-14
5.4 REQUIRED POST-TENSIONING FORCE...................................................... 5-14
A. Based on Stress Criteria.................................................................... 5-14
B. Providing an Average Minimum Compression................................ 5-15
C. Required Force Based on Tendon Spacing....................................... 5-15
5.5 SERVICE STRESSES........................................................................................ 5-16
5.6 SECONDARY MOMENTS............................................................................... 5-19
5.7 FACTORED MOMENTS AND DESIGN MOMENTS.................................... 5-22
5.8 MILD REINFORCEMENT............................................................................... 5-23
5.8.1 Reinforcement Required for Strength............................................... 5-23
A. ACI Strength Requirements.................................................. 5-23
B. UBCs Strength Requirement................................................ 5-26
5.8.2 Code Specified Minimum Reinforcement......................................... 5-27
A. One-Way System................................................................... 5-27
B. Two-Way System.................................................................. 5-28
5.9 BEAM SHEAR.................................................................................................. 5-30
5.10 PUNCHING SHEAR......................................................................................... 5-42
5.10.1 Overview........................................................................................... 5-42
A. Material Properties................................................................ 5-43
5.10.2 Relationships..................................................................................... 5-44
A. Interior Columns (Fig. 5.10.2-1)........................................... 5-46
B. End Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-2)........................................ 5-47
C. Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-3)....................................... 5-47
D. Corner Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-3).................................... 5-48

iii
ADAPT ADAPT-PT

E. Support with Drop Cap (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-7)....................... 5-49


5.10.3 Punching Shear Stress Calculations.................................................. 5-50
A. Support #1 Corner Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-5............... 5-50
B. Support #2 Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-3)................. 5-53
C. Support #3 Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-4)................. 5-55
D. Support #4 Interior Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-1)............. 5-57
E. Support #5 Interior Column with Drop Cap (Refer
Fig. 5.10.2-7)......................................................................... 5-59
F. Support #6 End Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-2)................... 5-63
5.10.4 Computed Values 5-66
A. Computer Report for American Units 5-66
B. Computer Report for SI Units 5-70
5.11 ONE-WAY SHEAR VERIFICATION FOR BRITISH VERSION.................. 5-76
5.11.1 Beam Example (MNL5-3B).............................................................. 5-83

iv
CHAPTER 1

OVERVIEW

1. OVERVIEW.................................................................................................................1-1
ADAPT OVERVIEW Chapter 1

1. OVERVIEW

This manual supplements the two primary manuals of the program, namely:

Volume I Scope and Theory


Volume II User Manual (Execution, Report and Tutorial)

The focus of this volume is two-fold. First it provides a detailed verification of practically all aspects
of the program computations and code checks. Second, by way of detailed longhand calculations, it
shows you the way to independently perform design calculations for post-tensioned building
structures.

The material presented in this volume covers the design of one-way slabs, column-supported two-
way slabs, and flanged beams. The volume concludes with a series of specific verifications, such as
balanced loading and hyperstatic (secondary) moments.

Beyond its specific application as a supplement to ADAPT-PT7 computer program, this volume
serves as a suitable educational material for those interested in the design of post-tensioned building
structures.

1-1
CHAPTER 2

ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION

2.1 GIVEN VALUES .............................................................................................. 2-1


A. STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.............................................................. 2-2
B. DESIGN CODE.............................................................................. 2-2
C. MATERIAL PROPERTIES ........................................................... 2-2
D. LOAD CASES AND COMBINATIONS ....................................... 2-3
E. DEFLECTIONS ............................................................................. 2-4
F. COVER........................................................................................... 2-4
G. TENDON PROFILE....................................................................... 2-5
2.2 COMPUTED VALUES .................................................................................... 2-5
2.2.1 COMPUTER REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS ....................... 2-5
2.2.2 COMPUTER REPORT FOR SI UNITS....................................... 2-14
2.3 VERIFICATION ............................................................................................ 2-22
2.3.1 VERIFICATION OF REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS......... 2-22
A. GEOMETRY OF SLAB (DATA BLOCK 2) ................... 2-23
B. LOADING (DATA BLOCK 3.1) ..................................... 2-23
C. CALCULATED SECTION PROPERTIES (DATA
BLOCK 4) ........................................................................ 2-23
D. MATERIAL PROPERTIES (DATA BLOCK 1).............. 2-23
E. DEAD AND LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (DATA
BLOCK 5 AND 6) ............................................................ 2-23
F. REACTIONS .................................................................... 2-24
G. REDUCTION OF MOMENTS TO THE
FACE-OF-SUPPORT (DATA BLOCK 7) ....................... 2-24
H. SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE LOAD MOMENTS
(DATA BLOCK 8) ........................................................... 2-25
I. TENDON PROFILES AND FORCES (DATA
BLOCK 9.2, 9.3)............................................................... 2-25
J. POST-TENSIONING BALANCED MOMENTS
(DATA BLOCK 9.7) ........................................................ 2-27
K. STRESS CHECK FOR SERVICEABILITY (DATA
BLOCK 9.6)...................................................................... 2-29
L. REQUIRED POST-TENSIONING (DATA
BLOCK 9.5)...................................................................... 2-31
M. SECONDARY MOMENTS (DATA BLOCK 10.2) ........ 2-31
N. FACTORED MOMENTS (DESIGN MOMENTS)
(DATA BLOCK 10.1) ...................................................... 2-33
O. NONPRESTRESSED REINFORCEMENT (MILD
REINFORCEMENT) (DATA BLOCK 11)...................... 2-33
P. SHEAR DESIGN (DATA BLOCK 12)............................ 2-35
2.3.2 VERIFICATION OF SI REPORT................................................ 2-36
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

2. ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION

The slab selected represents the deck of a one-way slab and beam construction, typical of
parking structures. The design values obtained using ADAPT-PT are verified through
longhand calculations.

2.1 Given Values

The cross-sectional geometry of the slab and the supporting beams are given in Fig. 2.1-1.
Other design parameters and particulars of the structure are specified in the following.

FIGURE 2.1-1

2-1
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

A. Structural System

The structural system is one-way slab construction supported on transverse beams.

B. Design Code

The design is based on ACI 318-05.

C. Material Properties

(i) Concrete

Compressive cylinder strength, fc = 4000 psi (27.58 MPa)


Weight = 150 pcf (2403 kg/m3)
Modulus of elasticity = 3605 ksi (24856 MPa)
Age of concrete at stressing = 3 days
Compressive strength at stressing, fci = 3000 psi (20.68 MPa)

(ii) Post-Tensioning

Material:

Low relaxation, seven wire strand


Strand diameter = in (13 mm)
Strand area = 0.153 in2 (99 mm2)
Modulus of elaticity = 28000 ksi (193054 MPa)
Ultimate strength of strand, fpu = 270 ksi (1861.60MPa)
Average effective stress (fse) = 175 ksi (1206.59 MPa)

System:

System unbonded

Stressing:

Ratio of jacking stress to strands = 0.8


ultimate strength
Anchor set = 0.25 in (6.35 mm)
Coefficient of angular friction, = 0.07 /radian
Coefficient of wobble friction, K = 0.0014 rad/ft (0.0046 rad/m)
Stress on day 3
Minimum concrete cylinder strength at = 3000 psi (20.68 MPa)
stressing

2-2
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

(iii) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Yield stress fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa)


Modulus of elasticity = 29000 ksi (199,949 MPa)

(iv) Design Loading

Dead load
Self weight = based on volume
Allowance for curbs, lighting, drainage, = 5 psf (0.24 kN/m2)
etc.
Total = 5 psf+ sef weight

Live load = 50 psf (2.39 kN/m2)


(Live load is conservatively not reduced.)

D. Load Cases and Combinations

(i) Strenght Load Combinations

The strength requirement for each member is established using the following
factored load combinations:

Primary load combination


1.2*DL + 1.6*LL + 1*HYP

Other load combination


1.4*DL + 1*HYP

Where HYP is the secondary (hyperstatic) moments, shears and reactions


due to post-tensioning.

(ii) Serviceability Load Combinations

Final stresses:

The design is selected to be carried out according to the Transitional (T)


state of stress of the code. That is to say, the maximum hypothetical tensile
stresses will be allowed to exceed 6 fc but be retained less than 12 fc A
hypothetical tensile stress equal to 9 * fc is set as design target.

Tensile stress (top and bottom) = 9fc = 569.21 psi (3.92 MPa)

Compressive stress
For sustained load condition = 0.45fc = 1800 psi (12.41 MPa)
For total load condition = 0.60 * fc = 2400 psi (16.55 MPa)

2-3
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Load combinations for serviceability check:

Total load condition


1*DL + 1*LL + 1*PT

Sustained load condition


1*DL + 0.3*LL + 1*PT

The factors for neither of the above load combinations are spelled out in the
code. There selection is based on common practice.

Initial stresses (transfer):

Maximum tension = 3 fci

Maximum compression = 0.60 * fci

Load combinations for stress check at transfer of prestressing:

U = 1.00 DL + 1.15* PT

E. Deflections

Having maintained the hypothetical tensile stresses within the limits stated in the
preceding, the deflections would be calculated assuming gross cross-sectional
properties. Long-term deflections are estimated using a creep coefficient of 2.

For the floor slabs the maximum deflections are maintained below the following
value with the understanding that the floor structure is not attached to nonstructural
elements likely to be damaged by large deflections of the floor:

Slabs:

Live load deflection span/360

F. Cover

(i) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Cover to top bars = 1 in (25 mm)


Cover to bottom bars = 1 in (25 mm)

2-4
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

(ii) Prestressed Reinforcement

Top cover = 0.75 in (19 mm) for all spans


Bottom cover
Interior spans = 0.75 in (19 mm)
Exterior spans = 1.50 in (38 mm)

G. Tendon Profile

In this example, the tendon profile selected is simple parabola. In the first and last
spans, the profile is not symmetrical. As a result, the low point of the tendon will not
be at midspan.

Interior spans = simple parabola with low point at center


Exterior spans = simple parabola with low point at 0.366*L from the left support for
first span and 0.634*L for last span from the left support

2.2 Computed Values

The computed values are obtained from ADAPT-PT version 7.00. The relevant parts of the
tabular report are summarized below. Since the structure is symmetrical, only the part of the
report that refers to the first half of the structure is reproduced below.

2.2.1 Computer Report for American Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT-PT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@ADAPT-PTSoft.com, Web site: http://www.ADAPT-PTSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION:
PROJECT FILE: MNL2_US01

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
SIX SPAN ONE WAY SLAB

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 4000.00 psi

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 3605.00 ksi

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

2-5
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

SELF WEIGHT ...................................... 150.00 pcf

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... 9.000
At Bottom ....................................... 9.000

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 60.00 ksi
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 1.00 in
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 1.00 in

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 270.00 ksi
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 175.00 ksi
Strand area....................................... .153 in^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 1.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 1.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 1.75 in
Min average precompression ....................... 125.00 psi
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)
ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:
Structural system ................................ ONE-WAY
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| ft | in in | in in | in in | in |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
2 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
3 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
4 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
5 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
6 1 18.00 12.00 5.00 5.00 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
FORM 1 = Rectangular section

2-6
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

2.1.5 - T R A N S V E R S E B E A M D A T A
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH WIDTH WIDTH
BEFORE AFTER
JOINT in in in
--1------2-------3-------4----------------------------------------------------
1 34.00 .00 7.00
2 34.00 7.00 7.00
3 34.00 7.00 7.00
4 34.00 7.00 7.00
5 34.00 7.00 7.00
6 34.00 7.00 7.00
7 34.00 7.00 .00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT in ft in in ft in in
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
2 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
3 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
4 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
5 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
6 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)
7 14.00 .00 .00 .00 (1) .00 .00 .00 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================
<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT
SW= SELF WEIGHT Computed from geometry input and treated as dead loading
Unit selfweight W = 150.0 pcf

3.1 - LOADING AS APPEARS IN USER`S INPUT SCREEN PRIOR TO PROCESSING


==============================================================================
UNIFORM
(k/ft^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(k/ft) ( k@ft or ft-ft ) ( k-ft @ ft )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L U .050
1 D U .005
2 L U .050
2 D U .005
3 L U .050
3 D U .005
4 L U .050

2-7
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

4 D U .005
5 L U .050
5 D U .005
6 L U .050
6 D U .005
NOTE: SELFWEIGHT INCLUSION REQUIRED
LIVE LOADING is SKIPPED with a skip factor of 1.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.2 - Computed Section Properties for Segments of Nonprismatic Spans


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section properties are listed for all segments of each span
A= cross-sectional geometry Yt= centroidal distance to top fiber
I= gross moment of inertia Yb= centroidal distance to bottom fiber

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
(SEGMENT) in^2 in^4 in in
---------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
SPAN 1
1 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00
2 60.00 .1250E+03 2.50 2.50
3 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00
SPAN 2
1 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00
2 60.00 .1250E+03 2.50 2.50
3 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00
SPAN 3
1 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00
2 60.00 .1250E+03 2.50 2.50
3 408.00 .3930E+05 17.00 17.00

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (k) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 .00 1.49 -2.61 -.67 .96
2 -2.61 .59 -1.81 -.86 .77
3 -1.81 .84 -2.11 -.80 .84
4 -2.11 .84 -1.81 -.84 .80

Note: * = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (k) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 .67 .00 .00
2 1.83 .00 .00
3 1.58 .00 .00
4 1.67 .00 .00

2-8
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (k-ft) and SHEAR FORCES (k) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 .00 .00 1.56 -.47 -2.11 -.58 -.40 .57
2 -2.11 -.58 1.23 -.79 -1.94 -.25 -.55 .53
3 -1.94 -.25 1.32 -.70 -2.09 -.47 -.53 .55
4 -2.09 -.47 1.32 -.70 -1.94 -.25 -.55 .53

Note: * = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (k)-> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 .40 -.05 .00 .00 .00 .00
2 1.11 .41 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 1.06 .30 .00 .00 .00 .00
4 1.10 .37 .00 .00 .00 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 .32 1.49 -2.12
2 -2.17 .59 -1.43
3 -1.41 .84 -1.70
4 -1.70 .84 -1.41

Note: * = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -.03 .22 1.56 -.47 -1.79 -.56
2 -1.80 -.37 1.23 -.79 -1.64 -.21
3 -1.64 -.06 1.32 -.70 -1.77 -.26
4 -1.77 -.26 1.32 -.70 -1.64 -.06

Note: * = face-of-support

2-9
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (k-ft)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 .29 .54 3.05 1.03 -3.91 -2.68
2 -3.98 -2.55 1.82 -.20 -3.07 -1.63
3 -3.05 -1.47 2.16 .13 -3.47 -1.96
4 -3.47 -1.96 2.16 .13 -3.05 -1.47

Note: * = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span: 1 = reversed parabola

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .366 .000 .000
2 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
4 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
5 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
6 1 .000 .634 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (in) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (k/-) Left Center Right (psi) (k/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 15.000 2.50 1.75 4.00 250.00 .043 47
2 7.500 4.00 1.00 4.00 125.00 .046 51
3 7.500 4.00 1.00 4.00 125.00 .046 51
4 7.500 4.00 1.00 4.00 125.00 .046 51

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 56.2 LB

2-10
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kips)

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 6.26 7.49 7.50 7.50 7.50
2 7.74 .00 2.95 7.50 7.50 7.50
3 2.86 .00 4.69 7.50 7.50 7.50
4 4.69 .00 2.86 7.50 7.50 7.50

Note: * = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (psi) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * R I G H T *

TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM


max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------2--------3--------4--------5----------6--------7--------8--------9--
1 ----- -346.00 ----- -214.98 199.42 -95.52 ----- -699.42
2 207.64 -136.40 ----- -707.64 311.21 -32.77 ----- -561.21
3 306.06 -71.89 ----- -556.06 412.06 ----- ----- -662.06
4 412.05 ----- ----- -662.05 306.05 -71.91 ----- -556.05

Note:
* = face-of-support

C E N T E R
TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------------------------2--------3--------4--------5----------------------
1 ----- -841.88 341.88 -144.14
2 28.04 -457.97 207.97 -278.04
3 ----- -547.32 297.32 -188.68
4 ----- -547.33 297.33 -188.67

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (k ) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 -.14 -.58 2.04 -.03 -.03
2 2.07 -.43 1.25 -.01 -.01
3 1.25 -.40 1.23 .00 .00
4 1.23 -.40 1.25 .00 .00

Note: * = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (k )--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 .025 .000 .000
2 -.020 .000 .000

2-11
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

3 -.007 .000 .000


4 .003 .000 .000
5 -.007 .000 .000

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (k-ft)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 .35 .76 4.51 1.27 -4.97 -3.00
2 -5.04 -2.75 3.18 -.06 -3.79 -1.50
3 -3.76 -1.24 3.66 .42 -4.34 -1.93
4 -4.34 -1.93 3.66 .42 -3.76 -1.24

Note: * = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (k-ft)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 .01 .23 .44
2 .46 .50 .55
3 .55 .54 .53
4 .53 .54 .55

Note: * = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft)


(k) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 1.47 .75 .00 .00 .00 .00
2 3.95 2.82 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 3.58 2.37 .00 .00 .00 .00
4 3.77 2.60 .00 .00 .00 .00
5 3.58 2.37 .00 .00 .00 .00
6 3.95 2.82 .00 .00 .00 .00
7 1.47 .75 .00 .00 .00 .00

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

2-12
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 180.2 lb AVERAGE = 1.7 psf
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 108.00 ft^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .12 ( .07 .12 .00)
2 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .12 ( .05 .12 .00)
3 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .12 ( .08 .12 .00)
4 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .12 ( .08 .12 .00)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA

JOINT (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->


--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 .12 ( .00 .12 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
2 .12 ( .04 .12 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
3 .12 ( .08 .12 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
4 .12 ( .11 .12 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
5 .12 ( .08 .12 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS


==============================================================================
No shear reinforcement required

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 3605.00 ksi


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = .97

Where stresses exceed 6.0(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN inches, DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------

2-13
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

1 .17 .12 .36( 604) .12( 1747) .48( 448)


2 .02 .01 .03( 6427) .02(11444) .05( 4115)
3 .06 .05 .16( 1386) .05( 4674) .20( 1069)
4 .06 .05 .16( 1386) .05( 4674) .20( 1069)

2.2.2 Computer Report for SI Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT-PT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@ADAPT-PTSoft.com, Web site: http://www.ADAPT-PTSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION:
PROJECT FILE: MNL2_US_SI01

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
SIX SPAN ONE WAY SLAB

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 28.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 24870.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

SELF WEIGHT ...................................... 2402.81 Kg/m^3

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... .750
At Bottom ....................................... .750

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 413.69 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 25.40 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 25.40 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1862.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1206.60 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 98.709 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 25.40 mm

2-14
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 25.40 mm


Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 44.45 mm
Min average precompression ....................... .86 N/mm^2
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ ONE-WAY
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
2 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
3 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
4 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
5 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
6 1 5.49 305 127 127 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
FORM 1 = Rectangular section

2.1.5 - T R A N S V E R S E B E A M D A T A

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH WIDTH WIDTH
BEFORE AFTER
JOINT mm mm mm
--1------2-------3-------4----------------------------------------------------
1 864 0 178
2 864 178 178
3 864 178 178
4 864 178 178
5 864 178 178
6 864 178 178
7 864 178 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*

2-15
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
2 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
3 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
4 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
5 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
6 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
7 356 .00 0 0 (1) .00 0 0 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->

D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM


L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT

3.1 - LOADING AS APPEARS IN USER`S INPUT SCREEN PRIOR TO PROCESSING


==============================================================================

UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L U 2.394
1 D U .239
2 L U 2.394
2 D U .239
3 L U 2.394
3 D U .239
4 L U 2.394
4 D U .239
5 L U 2.394
5 D U .239
6 L U 2.394
6 D U .239
NOTE: SELFWEIGHT INCLUSION REQUIRED
LIVE LOADING is SKIPPED with a skip factor of 1.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.2 - Computed Section Properties for Segments of Nonprismatic Spans


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section properties are listed for all segments of each span
A= cross-sectional geometry Yt= centroidal distance to top fiber
I= gross moment of inertia Yb= centroidal distance to bottom fiber

2-16
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
(SEGMENT) mm^2 mm^4 mm mm
---------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
SPAN 1
1 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
2 38735.00 .5206E+08 63.50 63.50
3 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
SPAN 2
1 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
2 38735.00 .5206E+08 63.50 63.50
3 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
SPAN 3
1 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
2 38735.00 .5206E+08 63.50 63.50
3 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
SPAN 4
1 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00
2 38735.00 .5206E+08 63.50 63.50
3 263520.00 .1639E+11 432.00 432.00

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (kN) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 .00 2.03 -3.54 -3.00 4.29
2 -3.54 .80 -2.45 -3.84 3.45
3 -2.45 1.14 -2.86 -3.57 3.72
4 -2.86 1.14 -2.45 -3.72 3.57

Note: * = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (kN) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 3.00 .00 .00
2 8.14 .00 .00
3 7.02 .00 .00
4 7.44 .00 .00
5 7.02 .00 .00

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (kNm) and SHEAR FORCES (kN) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 .00 .00 2.11 -.63 -2.87 -.79 -1.77 2.53
2 -2.87 -.79 1.67 -1.07 -2.63 -.35 -2.43 2.34
3 -2.63 -.35 1.79 -.95 -2.83 -.64 -2.37 2.46

2-17
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

4 -2.83 -.64 1.79 -.95 -2.63 -.35 -2.46 2.37

Note: * = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (kN) -> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 1.77 -.23 .00 .00 .00 .00
2 4.95 1.81 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 4.70 1.36 .00 .00 .00 .00
4 4.91 1.66 .00 .00 .00 .00
5 4.70 1.36 .00 .00 .00 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 .44 2.03 -2.87
2 -2.95 .80 -1.94
3 -1.92 1.13 -2.30
4 -2.30 1.13 -1.92

Note: * = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -.04 .30 2.11 -.63 -2.43 -.76
2 -2.45 -.50 1.67 -1.07 -2.22 -.28
3 -2.22 -.08 1.79 -.95 -2.40 -.36
4 -2.40 -.36 1.79 -.95 -2.22 -.08

Note: * = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (kNm)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->

2-18
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

SPAN max min max min max min


-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 .39 .74 4.14 1.39 -5.30 -3.63
2 -5.40 -3.45 2.47 -.28 -4.16 -2.22
3 -4.14 -2.00 2.93 .18 -4.70 -2.66
4 -4.70 -2.66 2.93 .18 -4.14 -2.00

Note: * = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span: 1 = reversed parabola

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .366 .000 .000
2 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
4 1 .000 .500 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 66.730 63.50 44.45 101.60 1.72 .631 47
2 33.360 101.60 25.40 101.60 .86 .676 51
3 33.360 101.60 25.40 101.60 .86 .676 51
4 33.360 101.60 25.40 101.60 .86 .676 51

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 25.5 Kg

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kN )

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 26.79 32.74 33.31 33.31 33.31
2 33.86 .00 12.62 33.31 33.31 33.31
3 12.23 .00 20.37 33.31 33.31 33.31
4 20.37 .00 12.23 33.31 33.31 33.31

2-19
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Note: * = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (N/mm^2) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * R I G H T *
TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------2--------3--------4--------5----------6--------7--------8--------9--
1 ----- -2.39 ----- -1.48 1.38 -.66 ----- -4.82
2 1.43 -.94 ----- -4.87 2.15 -.22 ----- -3.87
3 2.11 -.50 ----- -3.83 2.84 ----- ----- -4.56
4 2.84 ----- ----- -4.56 2.11 -.50 ----- -3.83

Note: * = face-of-support

C E N T E R
TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------------------------2--------3--------4--------5----------------------
1 ----- -5.81 2.36 -.99
2 .19 -3.16 1.44 -1.91
3 ----- -3.77 2.05 -1.30
4 ----- -3.77 2.05 -1.30

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm ) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (kN) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 -.20 -.79 2.76 -.11 -.11
2 2.81 -.59 1.70 -.02 -.02
3 1.70 -.54 1.67 .01 .01
4 1.67 -.54 1.70 -.01 -.01

Note: * = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (kN)--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm ) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 .113 .000 .000
2 -.090 .000 .000
3 -.029 .000 .000
4 .012 .000 .000
5 -.029 .000 .000

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (kNm)

2-20
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 .48 1.03 6.12 1.73 -6.74 -4.07
2 -6.83 -3.72 4.32 -.08 -5.14 -2.03
3 -5.10 -1.68 4.96 .57 -5.89 -2.62
4 -5.89 -2.62 4.96 .57 -5.10 -1.68

Note: * = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (kNm)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 .02 .31 .60
2 .62 .68 .74
3 .75 .73 .71
4 .71 .73 .75

Note: * = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)


(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 6.55 3.35 .00 .00 .00 .00
2 17.60 12.57 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 15.92 10.57 .00 .00 .00 .00
4 16.80 11.60 .00 .00 .00 .00
5 15.92 10.57 .00 .00 .00 .00

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 304.80 mm
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 304.80 mm

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 81.3 Kg AVERAGE = 8.1 Kg/m^2
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 10.04 m^2

2-21
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 0 ( 0 0 0) 77 ( 43 77 0)
2 0 ( 0 0 0) 77 ( 30 77 0)
3 0 ( 0 0 0) 77 ( 49 77 0)
4 0 ( 0 0 0) 77 ( 49 77 0)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA

JOINT (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->


--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 77 ( 0 77 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 77 ( 25 77 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
3 77 ( 52 77 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
4 77 ( 74 77 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
5 77 ( 52 77 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS


==============================================================================
No shear reinforcement required
13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 24870 N/mm^2


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = .98

Where stresses exceed 0.5(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN mm , DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 4.3 3.0 9.1( 605) 3.1( 1753) 12.2( 449)
2 .6 .3 .9( 6326) .5(11482) 1.3( 4078)
3 1.6 1.3 4.0( 1386) 1.2( 4690) 5.1( 1070)
4 1.6 1.3 4.0( 1386) 1.2( 4690) 5.1( 1070)

2.3 Verification

2.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units

The ADAPT-PT report is presented in numbered data blocks. Columns in each data
block are also numbered. For example, looking at the report, it is observed that data
block 2.1 column 2 is the support width. In notation form, this is referred to as (B2.1,
C2).

2-22
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

A. Geometry of Slab (Data Block 2)

Data block 2.1.1, 2.1.5 and 2.2 identify the geometry of the slab, transverse
beam and column supports.

B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)

Data block 3.1 lists the details of the loading read from input by the program.

C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)

Data block 4 reflects the calculated section properties of all the spans.

Section properties at mid span:

Area, A = 5* 12 = 60 in2 (38.71e3 (ADAPT-PT 60,


mm2) B4.2, C2)
Moment of inertia, = (b * h3)/ 12 = (12 * 53)/12
I
= 125 in4 (52.03e6 mm4) (ADAPT-PT
125,B4.2, C3)
Distance from =h/2 = 2.5 in (64 mm) (ADAPT-PT 2.5,
bottom fiber to B4.2, C4)
centroid, Yb
Distance from top Yt = h/2 = 2.5 in (64 mm) (ADAPT-PT
fiber to centroid, Yt 2.5,B4.2, C5)

D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)

Concrete, post tensioning strand and mild reinforcement material properties


are given in data block 1.

E. Dead and Live Load Moments (Data Block 5 and 6)

Data block 5 & 6 list the centerline elastic moments and reactions due to dead
load and live load. Centerline moments for the first and second spans are
listed in Table 2.3-1.

2-23
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

TABLE 2.3-1 DEAD AND LIVE LOAD MOMENTS


Reference
Span Left Midspan Right
Number
First span
Dead load, k-ft 0 1.49 -2.61 B5.1, C2-4
(kNm) (0) (2.02) (-3.54)
Live load, k-ft 0 1.56 -2.11 B6.1, C2-7
(kNm) (0) (2.12) (-2.86)
Second span
Dead load, k-ft -2.61 0.59 -1.81 B5.1, C2-4
(kNm) (-3.54) (0.80) (-2.45)
Live load, k-ft -2.11 1.23 -1.94 B6.1, C2-7
(kNm) (-2.86) (1.67) (-2.63)

F. Reactions

ADAPT-PT calculates the reactions from the evaluated support moments and
span loading. ADAPT-PTs results are shown in data block 5.2, columns 5
and 6 (B5.2, C5-6) for DL and data block 6.1, columns 8 and 9(B 6.1, C8-9)
for LL. The sum of the shears is tabulated as support reactions in data block
5.3, column 2 (B 5.3, C2) and data block 6.2 columns 2 and 3 for DL and LL
respectively. The reactions due to dead load sum up to 9.83k.

The sum of the reactions can be verified by adding up the total dead load on
the structure as follows:

Number of spans =6
Length of each span = 18 ft (5.49 m)
Width of transverse = 14 in = 1.17 ft (0.36 m) (B 3, C9)
beam
Load of intensity on slab 0.425 + 0.005 = 0.43k/ft (6.28 (B 3, C9)
kN/m)

Total Loading = (1.17 *0 .43 +(18 1.17) (ADAPT-PT


*0.068) * 6 = 9.88 k (43.95 kN) 9.83, OK)

G. Reduction of Moments to the Face-of-Support (Data Block 7)

ADAPT-PT calculates the face-of-support moments from the equations of


statics.

For verification consider the reduction of dead load moment at first interior
support for span one:

Reduced moment = M + Wa2/8 -Va/2

2-24
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

M = centerline = -2.61 k-ft (-3.54 kN-m) (B5, C4)


moment
V = centerline shear = 0.96 k (4.27 kN) (B5, C6)
W = applied load = 0.43 k/ft (6.28 kN/m) (B3, C9)
a = support width = 14 in = 1.17 ft (0.36 m) (B2.2, C2)

Reducted moment = -2.61 - 0.43*1.172/8 + (ADAPT-PT


0.96*1.17/2
= -2.12 k-ft (-2.87 kNm) 2.12, B7.1,
C4)

H. Sum of Dead and Live Load Moments (Data Block 8)

ADAPT-PT reports the sum of reduced dead and live loads in data block 8.
This moment, together with the values from post-tensioning, will be used for
serviceability checks.

The following is verification for the second span:

TABLE 2.3-2 SECOND SPAN MOMENTS


Reference
Span Left Midspan Right
Number
Second span
Dead load, (MD), k-ft -2.17 0.59 -1.43 B7.1, C2-4
(kNm) (-2.94) (0.80) (-1.94)
Dead load, (ML), k-ft -1.80 1.23 -1.64 B7.2, C2-7
(kNm) (-2.44) (1.67) (-2.22)
MD + ML , k-ft (kNm) -3.97 1.82 -3.07
(-5.38) (2.47) (-4.16)
ADAPT-PT -3.98 1.82 -3.07 B8, C2-7

I. Tendon Profiles and Forces (Data Block 9.2, 9.3)

Data block 9.1 through 9.3 report the tendon profiles and forces. Here
reversed parabola (type 1) is selected as tendon shape. In an actual case the
user has the option to select the profile from the library of ADAPT-PT tendon
profiles.

Data block 9.2 is the description of reversed parabola. In data block 9.2 the
zeros under column 2 and 4 indicate that the parabola used for the central part
of the span extends to the support centerlines. In this case, column 5 has no
significance. In building construction, the low points of the tendon shapes are
generally placed at midspan. But in this example, for first and last spans, the
low points are selected such as to provide a uniform upward force over the
entire span. Due to the different tendon heights at the left and right supports,

2-25
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

the low-points will not fall at midspan. The distance of low-point of the first
span from the left support is calculated as follows:( Refer to Fig. 2.3-1).

a = 2.5 1.75 = 0.75 in.(19 mm)


b = 4- 1.75 = 2.25 in. (57 mm)
L = 18 ft (5.49 m)
c = 18 * { [(0.75/ 2.25)]/[1+ (0.75/ 2.25)] }
= 6.59 ft (2.01 m)

X2/L = 6.59 /18 = 0.366 (ADAPT-PT B 9.2, C 3)

FIGURE 2.3-1

Data Block 9.3, columns 3-5 (B 9.3, C 3-5) list the tendon heights at control
points.

Data Block 9.3, column 1 reports the selection of tendon forces. Observe that
the forces selected (B 9.3, C2) are duly larger than those required (B 9.5, C 2-
4). This ensures that the extreme fiber tensile stresses will be equal or less
than the maximum allowable values specified by the user as part of input
(B1).

Data Block 9.3, column 7 (C7) gives the calculated values of balanced
loading. The verification is as follows:

2-26
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Span 1:

Provided PT force, T = 15 k /ft (66.72 kN/m) (B 9.3, C2)


a = 2.5 1.75 = 0.75 in.(19 mm)
b = 4- 1.75 = 2.25 in. (57 mm)
L = 18 ft (5.49 m)
c = 18 * { [(0.75/ 2.25)]/[1+ (0.75/ 2.25)]
= 6.59 ft (2.01 m)

wb / tendon = (2 * T *a / L2 )
= 2 * 15 * (0.75/12)/ 6.592
= 0.043 klf (0.63 kN/m) (ADAPT-PT 0.043,B
9.3, C7)

% DL balanced:
DL = selfweight + weight of transverse beam + SDL
= 0.063 *(18-(14/12)) +0 .425 * (7/12) * 2 + 0.005 * 18
= 1.65 k (7.32 kN)
wb = 0.043* 18 = 0.77 k (3.43 kN)

% DL balanced = (0.77/ 1.65)*100 = 47 (ADAPT-PT 47, B 9.3, C8)

Span 2:

Provided PT force = 7 k /ft (31.14 kN) (B 9.3, C2)


a = 4 1.0 = 3 in. (76 mm)
wb / tendon = 8* P*a/ L2
(Since the profile is symmetrical, i.e., a = b = 3 in)
= 8 * 7.5 * (3 /12)/ 182
= 0.046 klf (0.67 kN/m) (ADAPT-PT 0.046,B
9.3, C7)
= (0.046*18/ 1.65)*100 = 50 (ADAPT-PT 51, B 9.3,
C8)

J. Post-Tensioning Balanced Moments (Data Block 9.7)

Balanced moments due to post-tensioning are obtained by applying the


balanced loading to the structure. The outcome is summarized in Table 2.3-3.

2-27
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

TABLE 2.3-3 BALANCED (POST-TENSIONING) MOMENTS


Span Post-Tensioning Moment Reference
k-ft (kNm) Number
Left* Midspan Right*
First Span -0.14 -0.58 2.04 B9.7, C2-4
(-0.19) (-0.79) (2.77)
Second Span 2.07 -0.43 1.25 B9.7, C2-4
(2.81) (-0.58) (1.69)
* Centerline moments

A detailed list of the balanced loading generated for the entire structure is
given in the file WBAL.DAT in the subdirectory, where the data is executed.

The support shears due to post-tensioning are listed in B9.7, C 5-6. In the case
of a prestressed slab or beam it is only the secondary shears, which are
resisted by the supports. The secondary reactions, which are the sum of
secondary shears, are normally much smaller than the values calculated as
reactions of upward forces.

The support reactions are reported in B9.7 lower data block, C2.

Forces created by prestressing at the supports of a member are, by definition,


the secondary reactions. The secondary reactions must be in self-equilibrium.
The sum of reactions due to post-tensioning given by ADAPT-PT is zero (B
9.7, C2). Refer to Fig. 2.3-2 for details of Reactions.

2-28
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

FIGURE 2.3-2

K. Stress Check for Serviceability (Data Block 9.6)

Data block 9.6 lists the service stresses at top and bottom for supports and mid
span. ADAPT- PTs calculation is as follows:

Consider the Midspan of Span 1:

Stresses:

= (MD+ML+MPT)/S + (P/A)
S = I/Yc

Where MD, ML, MPT are the moments across the entire tributary of the design
strip. S is the section modulus; A is the area; I is the moment of inertia of the
section; and Yc is the distance of the centroid of the section to farthest tension
fiber of the section.

2-29
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

Stress limits:

Top Tension = 9*4000 = 569 psi (3.92 MPa) (B1)

Bottom Tension = 9*4000 = 569 psi (3.92 MPa)


Compression (for = 0.45 * 4000 = -1800 psi (
service) -12.41 MPa)

A = 60 in2 (38.71e3 mm2) (B4.2, C2)


I = 125 in4 (52.03e6 mm4) (B4.2, C3)
Yb = 2.5 in (64 mm) (B4.2, C4)
Yt = 2.5 in (64 mm) (B4.2, C5)

Sbottom =Stop = 125/ 2.5 =50 in3


(8.19e5 in3)

P = 15 k/- (66.72 kN/m) (B9.3, C2)


MD = 1.49 k-ft (2.02 kNm) (B7.1, C3)
ML = 1.56 k-ft (2.12 kNm) (B7.2, C4)
MPT = -0.58 k-ft (-0.79 kNm) (B9.7, C3)

MD+ML+MPT = 1.49 + 1.56 0.58


= 2.470 k-ft (3.35 kNm)

P/A = -15*1000/ 60
= -250 psi (-1.72 MPa)

Top fiber:

= (-2.470*12000)/50- (250)
= -842.80 psi (-5.81 MPa) < -1800 psi ( (ADAPT-PT -841.88,
-12.41 MPa) B9.6)

Bottom fiber:

= (2.470*12000)/50- (250)
= 342.80 psi (2.36 MPa) < 569 psi (3.92 (ADAPT-PT 341.88,
MPa) B9.6)

Calculations for all other points are carried out in the same way and printed in
ADAPT-PT, Block 9.6. Stress calculations at 1/20 th points are printed in a
file called STRESSES. DAT. This file is stored in the subdirectory, where the
data is executed.

2-30
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

L. Required Post-Tensioning (Data Block 9.5)

Consider the required post-tensioning at the right support of span one; given
by ADAPT-PT as 7.49 kips (B 9.5, C 4).

The verification is carried out by demonstrating that the required minimum


post-tensioning force suggested by ADAPT-PT, if used, leads to the
maximum allowable tensile stress specified by the user. In this example the
maximum allowable stress in tension is: 9fc.

Stress due to dead and live moments:

M = 3.91 k-ft (5.30 kNm) (ADAPT-PT B8, C6)


M/S = 3.91 *12000/ 50 = 938 psi (6.47 MPa)

Stress due to balanced moment is obtained by prorating the moment due to the
selected force (15 k) by the force suggested by ADAPT-PT (7.49 k).

M/S = (7.49/15)*2.04 *12000/ 50 = 244 psi (1.69 MPa)

Stress due to direct compression:

P/A = 7.49 * 1000/ 60 = 125 psi (0.86MPa)

Total tensile stress:

938.40 244.47 124.83 = 569 psi (3.92MPa)

Allowable stress:

9fc = 9 *4000 = 569 psi (3.92 MPa) (OK)

It is shown that the calculated required post-tensioning corresponds to the


maximum permissible tensile stress as specified by the user in data block 1.

M. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)

The secondary moments for the first two spans from the data block 10.2 are
summarized in the Table 2.3-4. The moments are reduced to the face-of
support. To obtain the centerline moments, you have to select No for reduce
to face-of- support option in the Design Settings input screen.

2-31
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

TABLE 2.3-4 HYPERSTATIC (SECONDARY MOMENTS) OF SPANS


1 AND 2
Secondary Moment, k-ft (kNm) Reference
Span Left Midspan Right Number
First Span 0.01 0.23 0.44 B10.2, C2-4
(0.01) (0.31) (0.60)
Second Span 0.46 0.50 0.55 B10.2, C2-4
(0.62) (0.68) (0.75)

Secondary moments are computed by ADAPT-PT using the direct definition


of secondary actions. Secondary moments are moments induced in the
structure as a consequence of restraining effects of its supports to free
displacement of the structure due to prestressing. The restraining effects
appear as support reactions caused by post-tensioning. Hence, secondary
moments may be calculated as moments in the structural member due to post-
tensioning reactions. ADAPT-PT calculates the post-tensioning reactions and
lists them in data block 9.7 under reactions and column moments.

The post-tensioning reactions are shown in Fig. 2.3-2. A secondary moment


diagram constructed from these reactions is also shown in Fig. 2.3-2. The
centerline secondary moments at supports are:

Support 2 = 0.025 * 18 = 0.45 k-ft (0.61 kNm) (ADAPT-PT 0.45,


MSECSF.DAT)
Support 3 = 0.025* 36 0.02* 18 = 0.54 k-ft (ADAPT-PT 0.55,
(0.73 kNm) MSECSF.DAT)
Support 4 = 0.025 * 54 - 0.02 * 36 - 0.007 *18 = (ADAPT-PT 0.53,
0.50 k-ft (0.68 kNm) MSECSF.DAT)

Note that the secondary moments given in ADAPT-PT are reduced to the
face-of-support if dead and live moments are also reduced. You can refer the
file MSECSF.DAT that is generated and stored in the subdirectory, where you
executed your data for a detailed list of centerline secondary moments and
shears.

Secondary moments are also given by the following relationship. This


relationship, however, is not used in ADAPT-PT and is not recommended,
since it does not include an equilibrium check to detect errors in computation.

Msec = Mbal - F*e

The following is the verification of ADAPT-PT's values for the first span
midspan using the above algorithm:

Mbal = 0.584 k-ft (B 9.7, C3)

2-32
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

F = 15 k
e = (5/2)-1.85 =0.65 in.
Msec = 0.584 15*0.65/12
= 0.584 15*0.65/12

From the Fig. 2.3-2 Msec at first in-span = (0+0.45)/2 = 0.225 k-ft (ADAPT-
PT 0.23 k-ft).

N. Factored Moments (Design Moments) (Data Block 10.1)

Consider the verification of the moment at left of second support:

1.2 Md = 1.2 * -2.12 = -2.544 k-ft


(-3.45 kNm)
1.6 Ml = 1.6 * -1.79 = -2.864 k-ft
(3.88 kNm)
1.0 Msec = 1.0 * 0.44 = 0.44 k-ft
(0.60 kNm)

Mu = 1.2 Md + 1.6 Ml + 1.0 Msec = (ADAPT-PT 4.97, B10.1,


-4.97 k-ft (-6.74 kNm) C6)

O. Nonprestressed Reinforcement (Mild Reinforcement) (Data Block 11)

ADAPT-PT computes the mild reinforcement required for each criterion and
selects the largest.

Consider the mid span of first span for verification:

(i) Minimum Steel

Per ACI 318-05, Section 18.9.2, the minimum bonded reinforcement


is:

As = 0.004*A tens

Where A tens is the area of the section between the tension fiber and the
section centroid. The minimum rebar is required for members
reinforced with unbonded tendons. The added rebar is to reduce the in-
service crack width and enhance the ductility of the member in
ultimate strength condition.

Per foot of slab width,

2-33
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

As = 0.004* 2.5*12 = 0.12 in2 (77.42 in2) (ADAPT-PT 0.12,


B11.2.1, C8)

(ii) Ultimate Strength Requirement

Design moments:

The design moments are obtained from two load combinations:

Mu1 = 1.2 *MD+1.6* ML+1.0*MHyp


Mu1 = 1.4 *MD+1.0*MHyp

The second combination governs when the values from dead load are
eight times or more of those of live loading. This is a rare condition.

Mu1 = 1.2 *1.49+1.6* 1.56 +


1.0*0.23
= 4.51 k-ft (6.11 kNm) (ADAPT-PT 4.51,
B10.1, C4)
b (width) = 12 in. (305 mm)
h (height) = 5 in. (127 mm)
Rebar Cover = 1.00 in. (25 mm) (B1)
Bottom bar = 0.75 in. (19 mm) (#6 bar)
dia.
dr = dt = 5 - (1.00 + 0.75) =
3.25 in. (83 mm)
PT = 15 k (66.72 kN) (B9.3, C1)
dp = 5-1.85 =3.15 in (80 mm) (PTCGS.DAT)
fse = 175 ksi (1206.59 MPa) (B1)
Span = 18 ft (5.49 m)
Rebar area = 0.07 in2 (45 mm2) (B11.2.1, C7)
fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa) (B1)

Calculate design stress in tendon (fps):

Span to depth ratio = 18*12/5 = 43.2 > 35

Hence, use ACI Equation (18-5):


fps = fse + 10000 + (f'c/300*p)

where,

f'c = 4000 psi (27.59 MPa) (B1)


p = ratio of prestressed reinforcement

2-34
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

= Aps/b*dp
Aps = 15/175 = 0.086 in.2 (55 mm2)
p = 0.086/(12*3.15) = 0.0023
fps = 175000 + 10000 +
(4000/300*0.0023)
= 190797 psi (1315.51 MPa)
fps = 190.797 < (175 + 30) = 205 ksi (OK)
Tension = PT + rebar
(T)
= 0.086*190.797 + 0.07*60
= 16.41 + 4.2
= 20.61 k (91.68 kN)
a = Depth of compression zone
= T/0.85*b*fc)
= 20.61/(0.85*12*4) = 0.51 in. (13
mm)
c = a/0.85 = 0.6 in. (15.24 mm)
c/dt = 0.6/3.25 = 0.185 < 0.375, hence =
0.9
Mn = 0.9*[16.41(3.15- 0.51/2) +
4.2*(3.25 - 0. 51/2)]/12
= 4.51 k-ft (6.11 kNm) (ADAPT-PT 4.51,
B10.1, C2 OK)

Therefore, reinforcement required for the ultimate strength is less than


the minimum required steel (B11.2.1, C7). No supplemental rebar is
required. Provide minimum steel (B11.2.1, C6).

P. Shear Design (Data Block 12)

Check one-way shear:

Distribution of design shear is summarized in the following Table 2.3-5. The


design shear (Vu) is computed from the results of the standard frame analysis
or performed for the loading condition D, L and PT. For this example design
shear is calculated from ADAPT-PT B5, B6 & B9.7.

Vu = 1.2* VD + 1.6* VL + 1.0 * VHyp

2-35
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

TABLE 2.3-5 DESIGN SHEAR AT SUPPORTS


Design Shear (Vu)
Span 1 2 3 4 5 6
Left -1.47 -1.92 -1.81 -1.89 -1.76 -2.03
k (kN) (-6.54) (-8.54) (-8.05) (-8.41) (-7.83) (-9.03)
Right 2.03 1.76 1.89 1.81 1.92 1.47
k (kN) (9.03) (7.83) (8.41) (8.05) (8.54) (6.54)

Vu Vc
Vc = 0.75 * 2* fc * bw*d

From the Table 2.3-5, maximum Vu is 2.03 ks(9.03 kN) at the first interior
support.

Vc = 0.75 * 2* 4000 * 12*3.25


= 3.7 k (16.46 kN)

2.03 k (9.03 kN) < 3.7 k (16.46 kN) (OK)


No shear reinforcement is required. (ADAPT-PT B12)

2.3.2 Verification of SI Report

The SI version is verified by way of comparing its output with the American version.
Table 2.3-6 lists the critical values of the one-way slab for both the American and the
SI system of units. Good agreement between the two versions is observed.

TABLE 2.3-6 COMPARISON BETWEEN THE METRIC AND


AMERICAN OUTPUTS OF ADAPT-PT FOR PTI
ONE-WAY SLAB EXAMPLE (PTI01M)
SI output American Reference
[kN,m] [k,ft] output number
[k,ft]
DL Moment Span 2.03 1.50 1.49 B5.1, C3
DL Moment Support -3.54 -2.61 -2.61 B5.1, C4
DL Moment Reduced -2.87 -2.12 -2.12 B7.1, C4
LL Moment Span 2.11 1.56 1.56 B6.1, C4
LL Moment Support -2.87 -2.12 -2.11 B6.1, C6
LL Moment Reduced -2.43 -1.79 -1.79 B7.2, C6
Required PT Span 26.79 6.02 6.26 B9.5, C3
Required PT Support 32.74 7.36 7.49 B9.5, C4
Stress Bottom at 2.36 342.29 341.88 B9.6, C4
Center
Stress Top at Center -5.81 -842.68 -841.88 B9.6, C3
Secondary Moments 0.31 0.23 0.23 B10.2, C3

2-36
ADAPT ONE-WAY SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 2

(Table 2.3-6 continued)


SI output American Reference
[kN,m] [k,ft] output number
[k,ft]
Rebar - Bottom 77 0.12 0.12 B11.2.1, C6
Rebar - Top 77 0.12 0.12 B11.3.1, C2
Deflection DL+PT+CR 9.1 0.36 0.36 B13, C4
(Long-term)

2-37
CHAPTER 3

TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB


VERIFICATION

3.1 GIVEN VALUES .............................................................................................. 3-1


A. STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.............................................................. 3-2
B. DESIGN CODE.............................................................................. 3-2
C. MATERIAL PROPERTIES ........................................................... 3-2
D. LOAD CASES AND COMBINATIONS ....................................... 3-3
E. DEFLECTIONS ............................................................................. 3-4
F. COVER........................................................................................... 3-4
G. TENDON PROFILE....................................................................... 3-5
3.2 COMPUTED VALUES .................................................................................... 3-5
3.2.1 ADAPT-PT REPORT IN AMERICAN SYSTEM OF UNITS ...... 3-5
3.2.2 ADAPT-PT REPORT IN SI SYSTEM OF UNITS ...................... 3-16
3.3 VERIFICATION ............................................................................................ 3-25
3.3.1 VERIFICATION OF REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS......... 3-25
A. GEOMETRY OF SLAB (DATA BLOCK 2) ................... 3-25
B. LOADING (DATA BLOCK 3.1) ..................................... 3-25
C. CALCULATED SECTION PROPERTIES
(DATA BLOCK 4) ........................................................... 3-25
D. MATERIAL PROPERTIES (DATA BLOCK 1).............. 3-26
E. TENDON PROFILE, FORCE AND BALANCED
LOADING (DATA BLOCK 9) ........................................ 3-26
F. STRUCTURAL SYSTEM LINE (CENTERLINE)
MOMENTS ...................................................................... 3-26
G. COLUMN STIFFNESS KC (REFERENCE
NUMBERS F3, F4, SEE TABLE 3.2.1-1)........................ 3-26
H. DEAD AND LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (DATA
BLOCK 5 AND 6) ............................................................ 3-28
I. REDUCTION OF MOMENTS TO THE
FACE-OF-SUPPORT ....................................................... 3-28
J. STRESSES (DATA BLOCK 9.6)..................................... 3-29
K. SECONDARY MOMENTS (DATA BLOCK 10.2) ........ 3-31
L. FACTORED MOMENTS (DESIGN MOMENTS)
(DATA BLOCK 10.1) ...................................................... 3-34
M. NONPRESTRESSED (MILD) REINFORCEMENT
(DATA BLOCK 11) ......................................................... 3-34
N. PUNCHING SHEAR CAPACITY (DATA BLOCK 12) . 3-37
O. DEFLECTIONS (DATA BLOCK 13).............................. 3-39
3.3.2 VERIFICATION OF SI REPORT................................................ 3-41
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

3. TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION

The column-supported slab selected has the same geometry, material property and loading as
the design example in the PTIs publication Design Of Post-Tensioned Slabs With
Unbonded Tendons[3rd edition, 2004]. The following defines the entire parameters of the
structural floor system, necessary to analyze and design the entire floor structure. However,
as in the PTI exampe the design provided in the following considers a typical design strip in
the transverse direction.

3.1 Given Values

Loading and other details are given in the following pages.

FIGURE 3.1-1

3-1
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

A. Structural System

The structural system consists of three-span two-way slab.

B. Design Code

The design is based on ACI 318-05.

C. Material Properties

(i) Concrete

Compressive cylinder strength, fc = 4000 psi (27.58 MPa)


Weight = 150 pcf (2403 kg/m3)
Modulus of elasticity = 3605 ksi (24856 MPa)
Age of concrete at stressing = 3 days

(ii) Post-Tensioning

Material:

Low relaxation, seven wire strand


Strand diameter = in (13 mm)
Strand area = 0.153 in2 (99 mm2)
Modulus of elasticity = 28000 ksi (193054 MPa)
Ultimate strength of strand, fpu = 270 ksi (1861.60MPa)
Average effective stress (fse) = 175 ksi (1206.59 MPa)

System:

System unbonded

Stressing:

Ratio of jacking stress to strands = 0.8


ultimate strength
Anchor set = 0.25 in (6.35 mm)
Coefficient of angular friction, = 0.07 /radian
Coefficient of wobble friction, K = 0.0014 rad/ft (0.0046 rad/m)
Stress on day 3
Minimum concrete cylinder strength at = 3000 psi (20.68 MPa)
stressing fci

3-2
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

(iii) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Yield stress fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa)


Modulus of elasticity = 29000 ksi (199,949 MPa)

(iv) Design Loading

Dead load = 0.096 k/ft (1.40 kN/m)


Live load = 0.034 k/ft (0.50 kN/m)
(Live load is conservatively not reduced.)

D. Load Cases and Combinations

(i) Strenght Load Combinations

The strength requirement for each member is established using the following
factored load combinations:

Primary load combination


1.2*DL + 1.6*LL + 1*HYP

Other load combination


1.4*DL + 1*HYP

Where HYP is the secondary (hyperstatic) moments, shears and reactions


due to post-tensioning.

(ii) Serviceability Load Combinations

Final stresses:

The design is selected to be carried out according to the Uncracked (U) state
of stress of the code. That is to say, the maximum hypothetical tensile stresses
shall not exceed 6 fc but be retained less than 12 fc A hypothetical tensile
stress equal to 9 * fc is set as design target.

Tensile stress (top and bottom) = 6 * fc = 379.47 psi (2.62 MPa)

Compressive stress
For sustained load condition = 0.45 * fc = 1800 psi (12.41 MPa)
For total load condition = 0.60 * fc = 2400 psi (16.55 MPa)

Load combinations for serviceability check:

Total load condition


1*DL + 1*LL + 1*PT

3-3
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Sustained load condition


1*DL + 0.3*LL + 1*PT

The factors for neither of the above load combinations are spelled out in the
code. Their selection is based on common practice.

Initial stresses (transfer):

Maximum tension = 3 fci

Maximum compression = 0.60 * fci

Load combinations for stress check at transfer of prestressing:

U = 1.00 DL + 1.15* PT

E. Deflections

Having maintained the hypothetical tensile stresses within the limits stated in the
preceding, the deflections would be calculated assuming gross cross-sectional
properties. Long-term deflections are estimated using a creep coefficient of 2.

For the floor slabs the maximum deflections are maintained below the following
value with the understanding that the floor structure is not attached to nonstructural
elements likely to be damaged by large deflections of the floor:

Slabs:

Live load deflection span/360

F. Cover

(i) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Cover to top bars = 1 in (25 mm)


Cover to bottom bars = 1 in (25 mm)

(ii) Prestressed Reinforcement

Top cover = 1.25 in (32 mm) for all spans


Bottom cover
Interior spans = 1.25 in (32 mm)
Exterior spans = 1.75 in (44 mm)

3-4
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

G. Tendon Profile

Interior spans = reversed parabola with low point at center

Exterior spans = reversed parabola with low point at 0.490*L from the left support for
first span and 0.510*L for last span from the left support

FIGURE 3.1-2

3.2 Computed Values

The computed values are obtained from ADAPT-PT version 7.00. The relevant parts of the
tabular report are summarized below.

3.2.1 ADAPT-PT Report In American System Of Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT CORPORATION |
| STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3-5
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: Jan 28,2005 At Time: 19:12


PROJECT FILE: PT-2Way

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
TWO-WAY SLAB

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 4000.00 psi
for COLUMNS ................. 4000.00 psi

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 3605.00 ksi


for COLUMNS ................ 3605.00 ksi

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... 6.000
At Bottom ....................................... 6.000

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 60.00 ksi
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 1.00 in
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 1.00 in

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 270.00 ksi
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 175.00 ksi
Strand area....................................... .153 in^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 1.25 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 1.25 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 1.75 in
Min average precompression ....................... 125.00 psi
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ....(using EQUIVALENT FRAME).... TWO-WAY
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3-6
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| ft | in in | in in | in in | in |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 1 17.00 12.00 6.50 6.50 10.00 10.00
2 1 25.00 12.00 6.50 6.50 10.00 10.00
3 1 17.00 12.00 6.50 6.50 10.00 10.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT in ft in in ft in in
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 12.00 8.58 14.00 12.00 (1) 8.58 14.00 12.00 (1)
2 20.00 8.58 14.00 20.00 (1) 8.58 14.00 20.00 (1)
3 20.00 8.58 14.00 20.00 (1) 8.58 14.00 20.00 (1)
4 12.00 8.58 14.00 12.00 (1) 8.58 14.00 12.00 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT

UNIFORM
(k/ft^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )

SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(k/ft) ( k@ft or ft-ft ) ( k-ft @ ft )


-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------
1 L U .034
1 D U .096
2 L U .029
2 D U .096

3 L U .034
3 D U .096

NOTE: LIVE LOADING is SKIPPED with a skip factor of 1.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S

3-7
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
in^2 in^4 in in
-1-------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
1 1560.00 .5493E+04 3.25 3.25
2 1560.00 .5493E+04 3.25 3.25
3 1560.00 .5493E+04 3.25 3.25

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (k) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 -11.33 25.46 -76.47 -12.49 20.15
2 -94.13 55.87 -94.13 -24.00 24.00
3 -76.47 25.46 -11.33 -20.15 12.49

Note:
* = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (k) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 12.49 -5.82 -5.50
2 44.15 -9.08 -8.58
3 44.15 9.08 8.58
4 12.49 5.82 5.50

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (k-ft) and SHEAR FORCES (k) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -6.43 2.06 14.45 -4.63 -26.11 -10.35 -5.35 7.07
2 -31.14 -3.42 19.79 -3.42 -31.14 -3.42 -7.56 7.56
3 -26.11 -10.35 14.45 -4.63 -6.43 2.06 -7.07 5.35

Note:
* = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (k)-> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 5.35 -.79 1.06 -3.31 1.00 -3.13

3-8
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

2 14.63 6.21 5.34 -7.29 5.04 -6.89


3 14.63 6.21 7.29 -5.34 6.89 -5.04
4 5.35 -.79 3.31 -1.06 3.13 -1.00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -5.32 25.46 -60.34
2 -74.79 55.88 -74.79
3 -60.34 25.46 -5.32

Note:
* = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -3.84 1.67 14.45 -4.63 -20.45 -8.86
2 -25.04 -3.42 19.79 -3.42 -25.04 -3.42
3 -20.45 -8.86 14.45 -4.63 -3.84 1.67

Note:
* = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (k-ft)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -9.17 -3.65 39.91 20.82 -80.79 -69.20
2 -99.83 -78.21 75.67 52.46 -99.83 -78.21
3 -80.79 -69.20 39.91 20.82 -9.16 -3.65

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS

3-9
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E

TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L


----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .490 .000 .000
2 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 1 .000 .510 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (in) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (k/-) Left Center Right (psi) (k/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 201.200 3.25 1.75 5.25 128.97 1.152 60
2 201.500 5.25 1.25 5.25 129.17 .860 45
3 201.200 5.25 1.75 3.25 128.97 1.152 60

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 257.9 LB

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kips)

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 .00 112.06 195.00 195.00 195.00
2 174.56 108.32 174.56 195.00 195.00 195.00
3 112.05 .00 .00 195.00 195.00 195.00

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (psi) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * R I G H T *
TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM

3-10
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C


-1------2--------3--------4--------5----------6--------7--------8--------9--
1 ----- -131.60 ----- -165.51 224.47 ----- ----- -482.80
2 328.63 ----- ----- -586.96 328.62 ----- ----- -586.96
3 224.46 ----- ----- -482.79 ----- -131.60 ----- -165.50

Note:
* = face-of-support
C E N T E R
TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------------------------2--------3--------4--------5----------------------
1 ----- -287.64 29.69 -105.81
2 ----- -502.06 243.73 -----
3 ----- -287.64 29.69 -105.82

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (k ) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 4.02 -17.57 30.99 -.08 -.08
2 35.36 -23.15 35.36 .00 .00
3 30.99 -17.57 4.02 .08 .08

Note:
* = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (k )--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 .076 3.553 3.359
2 -.076 1.143 1.081
3 -.077 -1.143 -1.080
4 .077 -3.553 -3.359

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (k-ft)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -5.59 3.24 61.24 30.70 -96.98 -78.44
2 -119.38 -84.78 109.15 72.02 -119.38 -84.78
3 -96.98 -78.43 61.24 30.70 -5.58 3.24

3-11
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (k-ft)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 6.95 7.56 8.15
2 10.43 10.43 10.43
3 8.15 7.56 6.95

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft)


(k) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 23.62 13.80 -1.74 -8.73 -1.64 -8.25
2 76.31 62.84 -1.21 -21.42 -1.15 -20.25
3 76.31 62.84 21.42 1.21 20.25 1.15
4 23.62 13.80 8.72 1.74 8.25 1.64

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================
Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17
Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 339.0 lb AVERAGE = .3 psf
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 1180.00 ft^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (in^2) <---ULT-----TENS--------> (in^2) <---ULT-----TENS-------->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
2 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) 2.07 ( .96 2.07 .00)
3 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA

3-12
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

JOINT (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN---------> (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--------->


--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 1.17 ( .00 1.17 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
2 1.89 ( 1.89 1.23 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
3 1.89 ( 1.89 1.23 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
4 1.17 ( .00 1.17 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)

11.2.2 & 11.3.2 LISTING OF THE ENTIRE PROVIDED REBAR

------------------------------------------------------
SPAN ID LOCATION NUM BAR LENGTH [ft] AREA [in^2]
--1----2-----3------4----5-------6---------7----------
1 1 T 4 # 5 x 5'6" 1.24
1 2 T 7 # 5 x 11'6" 2.17
------------------------------------------------------
2 3 T 7 # 5 x 11'6" 2.17
2 4 B 7 # 5 x 9'6" 2.17
------------------------------------------------------
3 5 T 4 # 5 x 5'6" 1.24
------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
Bar location - T = Top, B = Bottom.
NUM - Number of bars.
For two-way systems a minimum of 4 bars is specified over the supports.
Refer to tables 11.5.1,11.5.2 and PTsum graphical display for
positioning of bars.

11.5.1 ARRANGEMENT OF TOP BARS

-------|----------- TOP STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [ft]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
1 | 1 LEFT | 4 # 5 x 5'5" |
1 | 2 RIGHT | 7 # 5 x 5'3" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 2 LEFT | 7 # 5 x 6'0" |
2 | 3 RIGHT | 7 # 5 x 6'0" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
3 | 3 LEFT | 7 # 5 x 5'3" |
3 | 5 RIGHT | 4 # 5 x 5'5" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

11.5.2 ARRANGEMENT OF BOTTOM BARS

-------|-------- BOTTOM STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [ft]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
2 | 4 CENTER | 7 # 5 x 9'6" |

3-13
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

-------|---------------|-----------------------|

12 - P U N C H I N G S H E A R C H E C K
==============================================================================
LEGEND:
CONDITION... 1 = INTERIOR COLUMN
2 = END COLUMN
3 = CORNER COLUMN
4 = EDGE COLUMN (PARALLEL TO SPAN)
5 = EDGE BEAM, WALL, OR OTHER NON-CONFORMING GEOMETRY
PERFORM SHEAR CHECK MANUALLY
6 = STRIP TOO NARROW TO DEVELOP PUNCHING SHEAR

CASE........ 1 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #1 GOVERNS (COL.CAP OR SLAB)


2 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #2 GOVERNS (DROP PANEL OR SLAB)

FACTORED ACTIONS <- PUNCHING SHEAR STRESSES IN psi->


shear moment due to due to allow- STRESS
JNT COND. k k-ft shear moment TOTAL able RATIO CASE
-1----2-------3-------4---------5---------6--------7---------8-------9-----10-
1 2 23.62 16.97 93.85 27.09 120.94 189.74 .64 1
2 1 76.31 41.67 165.26 59.10 224.36 195.08 1.15 1
3 1 76.31 41.67 165.26 59.10 224.36 195.08 1.15 1
4 2 23.62 16.97 93.85 27.09 120.94 189.74 .64 1

PUNCHING SHEAR STRESS IN ONE OR MORE LOCATIONS EXCEEDS THE PERMISSIBLE


VALUE. PROVIDE SHEAR REINFORCEMENT, OR ENLARGE THE SECTION RESISTING THE
PUNCHING SHEAR

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 3605.00 ksi


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = 1.00

Where stresses exceed 6.0(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN inches, DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 .05 .01 .04( 5114) .02(10854) .06( 3476)
2 .21 .13 .38( 780) .06( 5029) .44( 675)
3 .05 .01 .04( 5114) .02(10854) .06( 3476)

3-14
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

EQUIVALENT FRAME CONSTANTS


DATA BLOCK 290
888 290

Kc Lower Kc Upper Kt Kec S


Column Column
.82852E+02 .78322E+02 .64997E+02 .46318E+02 .10701E+01
.38357E+03 .36260E+03 .13077E+03 .11127E+03 .57367E+00
.38357E+03 .36260E+03 .13077E+03 .11127E+03 .57367E+00
.82852E+02 .78322E+02 .64997E+02 .46318E+02 .10701E+01

F3 F4 F6 F8

STIFFNESS COEFFICIENTS
DATA BLOCK 310

888 310

Span K11 K12 K21 K22


1 .10770E+03 .53848E+02 .53848E+02 .10770E+03
2 .73233E+02 .36617E+02 .36617E+02 .73233E+02
3 .10770E+03 .53848E+02 .53848E+02 .10770E+03

F10 F11

TABLE 3.2.1-1
EXCERPT FROM FILE CS.DAT
FOR TWO-WAY APARTMENT EXAMPLE PTI-2WAY

3-15
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

3.2.2 ADAPT-PT Report in SI System of Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT CORPORATION |
| STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: Jan 31,2005 At Time: 13:42
PROJECT FILE: PT-2Way_SI

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
TWO-WAY SLAB

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 28.00 N/mm^2
for COLUMNS ................. 28.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 24870.00 N/mm^2


for COLUMNS ................ 24870.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... .498
At Bottom ....................................... .498

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 413.69 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 25.40 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 25.40 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1862.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1206.60 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 98.709 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 31.75 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 31.75 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 44.45 mm
Min average precompression ....................... .86 N/mm^2

3-16
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00


Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ....(using EQUIVALENT FRAME).... TWO-WAY
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 1 5.18 304 165 165 10.00 10.00
2 1 7.62 304 165 165 10.00 10.00
3 1 5.18 304 165 165 10.00 10.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 304 2.62 355 304 (1) 2.62 355 304 (1)
2 508 2.62 355 508 (1) 2.62 355 508 (1)
3 508 2.62 355 508 (1) 2.62 355 508 (1)
4 304 2.62 355 304 (1) 2.62 355 304 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G

3-17
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

==============================================================================
<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT
Li= LINE LOAD

UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )

SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )


-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------
1 L U 1.628
1 D U 4.596

2 L U 1.389
2 D U 4.596

3 L U 1.628
3 D U 4.596

NOTE: LIVE LOADING is SKIPPED with a skip factor of 1.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
mm^2 mm^4 mm mm
-1-------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
1 1003200.00 .2276E+10 82.50 82.50
2 1003200.00 .2276E+10 82.50 82.50
3 1003200.00 .2276E+10 82.50 82.50

Note:
--- = Span/Cantilever is Nonuniform, see block 4.2

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (kN) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 -15.33 34.45 -103.36 -55.41 89.39
2 -127.29 75.53 -127.29 -106.47 106.46
3 -103.36 34.46 -15.33 -89.39 55.41
Note:
* = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (kN) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----

3-18
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

1 55.41 -7.88 -7.45


2 195.86 -12.30 -11.63
3 195.85 12.30 11.63
4 55.41 7.88 7.45

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (kNm) and SHEAR FORCES (kN) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -8.69 2.79 19.53 -6.25 -35.30 -13.97 -23.72 31.36
2 -42.13 -4.61 26.76 -4.61 -42.12 -4.61 -33.56 33.56
3 -35.30 -13.97 19.53 -6.25 -8.69 2.79 -31.36 23.72

Note:
* = Centerline moments
<- 6.2 REACTIONS (kN) -> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 23.72 -3.49 1.43 -4.47 1.35 -4.23
2 64.93 27.58 7.24 -9.89 6.84 -9.35
3 64.93 27.58 9.89 -7.24 9.35 -6.84
4 23.72 -3.49 4.47 -1.43 4.23 -1.35

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -7.23 34.45 -81.56
2 -101.20 75.53 -101.10
3 -81.55 34.46 -7.23

Note:
* = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -5.20 2.26 19.53 -6.25 -27.65 -12.00
2 -33.87 -4.61 26.76 -4.61 -33.87 -4.61
3 -27.65 -12.00 19.53 -6.25 -5.20 2.26

Note:

3-19
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

* = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (kNm)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -12.43 -4.97 53.98 28.20 -109.21 -93.56
2 -135.07 -105.81 102.29 70.92 -134.97 -105.71
3 -109.20 -93.55 53.99 28.21 -12.43 -4.97

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon
For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .490 .000 .000
2 1 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 1 .000 .510 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 894.980 82.50 44.45 133.25 .89 16.782 60
2 896.310 133.25 31.75 133.25 .89 12.534 45
3 894.980 133.25 44.45 82.50 .89 16.782 60

3-20
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 117.7 Kg

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kN )

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 .00 491.25 862.75 862.75 862.75
2 770.58 473.59 769.38 862.75 862.75 862.75
3 491.12 .00 .00 862.75 862.75 862.75

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (N/mm^2) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * R I G H T *
TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------2--------3--------4--------5----------6--------7--------8--------9--
1 ----- -.91 ----- -1.14 1.54 ----- ----- -3.33
2 2.27 ----- ----- -4.05 2.26 ----- ----- -4.05
3 1.54 ----- ----- -3.33 ----- -.91 ----- -1.14

Note:
* = face-of-support

C E N T E R
TOP BOTTOM
max-T max-C max-T max-C
-1------------------------2--------3--------4--------5----------------------
1 ----- -1.99 .20 -.73
2 ----- -3.46 1.68 -----
3 ----- -1.99 .20 -.73

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm ) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (kN) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 5.46 -23.79 41.97 -.34 -.34
2 47.90 -31.35 47.89 .00 .00
3 41.96 -23.79 5.46 .34 .34

Note:
* = face-of-support

3-21
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

<--REACTIONS (kN)--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm ) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 .338 4.811 4.548
2 -.338 1.555 1.470
3 -.337 -1.554 -1.469
4 .338 -4.812 -4.549

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -7.59 4.35 82.83 41.57 -131.09 -106.05
2 -161.50 -114.69 147.58 97.39 -161.38 -114.57
3 -131.08 -106.04 82.84 41.58 -7.59 4.35

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (kNm)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 9.41 10.23 11.02
2 14.13 14.13 14.13
3 11.02 10.24 9.41

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)


(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 104.78 61.25 -2.35 -11.79 -2.22 -11.15
2 338.63 278.87 -1.62 -29.04 -1.54 -27.45
3 338.63 278.87 29.03 1.63 27.45 1.54
4 104.78 61.25 11.79 2.35 11.15 2.22

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17

3-22
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33


Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 304.80 mm
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 304.80 mm

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 151.8 Kg AVERAGE = 1.4 Kg/m^2
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 109.34 m^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (mm^2) <---ULT-----TENS--------> (mm^2) <---ULT-----TENS-------->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 0 ( 0 0 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 0 ( 0 0 0) 1327 ( 611 1327 0)
3 0 ( 0 0 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
JOINT (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN---------> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--------->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 752 ( 0 752 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 1210 ( 1210 792 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
3 1209 ( 1209 792 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
4 752 ( 0 752 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

11.2.2 & 11.3.2 LISTING OF THE ENTIRE PROVIDED REBAR

------------------------------------------------------
SPAN ID LOCATION NUM BAR LENGTH [mm] AREA [mm^2]
--1----2-----3------4----5-------6---------7----------
1 1 T 4 # 16 x 1640 796
1 2 T 7 # 16 x 3420 1393
------------------------------------------------------
2 3 T 7 # 16 x 3420 1393
2 4 B 7 # 16 x 2900 1393
------------------------------------------------------
3 5 T 4 # 16 x 1640 796
------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
Bar location - T = Top, B = Bottom.
NUM - Number of bars.
For two-way systems a minimum of 4 bars is specified over the supports.
Refer to tables 11.5.1,11.5.2 and PTsum graphical display for
positioning of bars.

11.5.1 ARRANGEMENT OF TOP BARS

-------|----------- TOP STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [mm]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|

3-23
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

1 | 1 LEFT | 4 # 16 x 1646 |
1 | 2 RIGHT | 7 # 16 x 1600 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 2 LEFT | 7 # 16 x 1828 |
2 | 3 RIGHT | 7 # 16 x 1828 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
3 | 3 LEFT | 7 # 16 x 1600 |
3 | 5 RIGHT | 4 # 16 x 1645 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

11.5.2 ARRANGEMENT OF BOTTOM BARS

-------|-------- BOTTOM STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [mm]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
2 | 4 CENTER | 7 # 16 x 2895 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

12 - P U N C H I N G S H E A R C H E C K
==============================================================================
LEGEND:
CONDITION... 1 = INTERIOR COLUMN
2 = END COLUMN
3 = CORNER COLUMN
4 = EDGE COLUMN (PARALLEL TO SPAN)
5 = EDGE BEAM, WALL, OR OTHER NON-CONFORMING GEOMETRY
PERFORM SHEAR CHECK MANUALLY
6 = STRIP TOO NARROW TO DEVELOP PUNCHING SHEAR

CASE........ 1 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #1 GOVERNS (COL.CAP OR SLAB)


2 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #2 GOVERNS (DROP PANEL OR SLAB)

FACTORED ACTIONS <- PUNCHING SHEAR STRESSES IN N/mm^2 ->


shear moment due to due to allow- STRESS
JNT COND. kN kN-m shear moment TOTAL able RATIO CASE
-1----2-------3-------4---------5---------6--------7---------8-------9-----10-
1 2 104.78 22.94 .65 .19 .83 1.32 .63 1
2 1 338.63 56.49 1.14 .41 1.55 1.35 1.14 1
3 1 338.63 56.49 1.14 .41 1.55 1.35 1.14 1
4 2 104.78 22.94 .65 .19 .83 1.32 .63 1

PUNCHING SHEAR STRESS IN ONE OR MORE LOCATIONS EXCEEDS THE PERMISSIBLE


VALUE. PROVIDE SHEAR REINFORCEMENT, OR ENLARGE THE SECTION RESISTING THE
PUNCHING SHEAR

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S

3-24
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 24870 N/mm^2


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = 1.00

Where stresses exceed 0.5(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN mm , DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 1.2 .3 1.0( 5107) .5(10835) 1.5( 3471)
2 5.3 3.3 9.8( 781) 1.5( 5023) 11.3( 676)
3 1.2 .3 1.0( 5108) .5(10833) 1.5( 3471)

3.3 Verification

3.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units

The ADAPT-PT report is presented in numbered data blocks. Columns in each data
block are also numbered. For example, looking at the report, it is observed that data
block 2.1 column 2 is the support width. In notation form, this is referred to as (B2.1,
C2).

A. Geometry of Slab (Data Block 2)

Data block 2.1.1, 2.1.5 and 2.2 identify the geometry of the slab, transverse
beam and column supports.

B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)

Data block 3.1 lists the loading details.

C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)

Data block 4 reflects the calculated section properties of all the spans.

Section properties at mid span:

Area, A = 6.5* 20* 12 = 1560 in2 (ADAPT 1560, B4.1,


(10.06e5 mm2) C2)
Moment of inertia, = (b * h3)/ 12 = (240 *
I 6.53)/12
= 5493 in4 (22.86e8 mm4) (ADAPT 5493,B4.1,
C3)
Distance from Yb = 3.25 in (83 mm) (ADAPT B4.1, C4)
bottom fiber to
centroid, Yb
3-25
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Distance from top = 3.25 in (83 mm) (ADAPT B4.1, C5)


fiber to centroid, Yt

D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)

Concrete, post-tensioning strand and mild reinforcement material properties


are given in data block 1.

E. Tendon Profile, Force and Balanced Loading (Data Block 9)

The tendon geometry and forces are summarized in data blocks 9.1 through
9.3 in ADAPT-PT report.

F. Structural System Line (Centerline) Moments

ADAPT-PT has the option to use the Equivalent Frame Method, as described
in ACI-318 Chapter 13, and used in this example. The centerline moments are
determined using modified column stiffness. This accounts for the biaxial
response of the slab that is not explicitly represented in the strip model.

G. Column Stiffness Kc (Reference Numbers F3, F4, See Table 3.2.1-1)

Consider the columns at second support:

Dimensions = 14 x 20
Ico = 14*203/12 = 9333 in4 (3.88e9 mm4)
Length = 103 in (2616 mm)

For upper column:

L = floor to floor distance


Kc = (4EIco/L) = 4*1*9333/103 = 362.5 (F4, Table 3.2.1-1)

For lower column:

L' = clear height = 103 (6.5/2) =


99.75 in. (2534 mm)

I = Ico*[L*(1 + 3*(L/L'))/4*L']
= 9333*[103*(1 + 3*(103/99.75))/
4*99.75]
= 9873 in4 (4.11e9 mm4)

Kc = 4EI/L
= 4*1*9873/103 = 384 (F3, Table 3.2.1-1)

3-26
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Torsional stiffness Kt:

C = (1 - 0.63*x/y)*(x3*y/3)
= (1 - 0.63*6.5/20)*(6.53*20/3) = 1456
L2 = tributary of frame = 20*12 = 240 in. (6096 mm)
c2 = 14 in., or 1.17 ft (0.36 m)

each side = (9*C*E)/[L2*(1 - c2/L2)3]


Kt
= (9*1456*1)/[240*(1 - 1.17/20)3] = 65.42
Total Kt = 2 * 65.42 = 131 (F6, Table 3.2.1-1)

Equivalent column stiffness:

1/Kec = (1/Kt + 1/Kc)


Kec = 1/[1/131+ 1/(384+ 363)] = 111 (F8, Table 3.2.1-1)

ADAPT Reference
Number
Second column:
Lower column stiffness Kc 384 F3*
Upper column stiffness Kc 363 F4
Torsional stiffness Kt 131 F6
Equivalent column stiffness Kec 111 F8
Interior slab:
Slab stiffness Ks 75 F10
Carry over 0.51 F11/F10
* Reference numbers preceded by "F" refer to report from ADAPT-PT's data
files which are generated with the solution.

Consider the interior slab:

ADAPT employs the formulation given in ACI-318 (commentary 13.7.3) to


arrive at the stiffness and carry over factors. Refer to ADAPT manual chapter
on theory for additional details. The stiffness coefficients for the three spans
are marked as K11 through K22 in Table 3.2.1-1. For the second span the
carry over factor is:

Carry over = 36.62/73.23 = 0.50 (F11/F10, Table 3.2.1-1)

3-27
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

H. Dead and Live Load Moments (Data Block 5 and 6)

Data block 5 & 6 list the centerline elastic moments and reactions due to dead
load and live load. Centerline moments for the interior span are listed in the
following table:

Span Left Midspan Right Reference


Number
Second Span
Dead load -94.13 55.87 -94.13 B5.1, C2-4
k-ft (kNm) (-127.62) (75.75) (-127.62)
Live load -31.14 19.79 -31.14 B6.1, C2-7
k-ft (kNm) (-42.22) (26.83) (-42.22)
Post tensioning 44.02 -23.15 44.02
k-ft (kNm) (59.68) (-31.39) (59.68)
* The value of post-tensioning is read from a data file in ADAPT-
PTcomputer run (PTBMSF.DAT) which is not reproduced here.

I. Reduction of Moments to the Face-of-Support

ADAPT-PT calculates the face-of-support moments from the equations of


statics.

For the purposes of clarification and verification of results consider the dead
load moment at right of the second support:

Centerline = -94.13 k-ft (-127.62 kNm) (B5, C2)


moment/bay
Shear V = 24.00 k (106.76 kN) (B5, C5)
Support width c = 20/12 = 1.67 ft (B2.2, C2)
Loading w = 0.096 k/ft2 (4.60 kN/m2) (B3, C4)

Moment at face-of-support:

M = -94.13 + 24*1.67/2 - 0.5*(0.096*20)*(1.67/2)


= -74.89 k-ft (-101.54 kNm) (B7.1, C2 M = -74.79
OK)

Moments at the face-of-support and at midspan for the interior span are listed
in the following table for comparison.

3-28
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

ADAPT Reference
Number
Right face of second
support
Dead and live moments, k-ft -(74.79+25.04)/20 = -4.99 (-6.77) (B 7,8,C2)
(kNm)
Post tensioning moment 35.36/20 = 1.77 (2.40) (B9.7, C2)
Net moments -3.22 (-4.37)

Midspan moment
Dead and live moments (55.88+19.79)/20 = 3.78 (5.12) (B8, C4)
Post-tensioning moment -23.15/20 = -1.16 (-1.57) (B9.7, C3)
Net moments 2.62 (3.55)
Sum of + and - moments 5.84 (7.92)

Regarding the sum of positive and negative moments for the interior span
(ADAPT 5.84 k-ft) observe that these should be equal to the static moment of
the clear span (Mo). This is reiterated in ACI-318 (13.6.2), where the sum of
moments is expressed by Equation 13-3 reproduced below:

Mo = Wu * L2* Ln2/8

where,

Wu = 0.096 +0.029 0.860/20


= 0.082 k/ft2 (3.93 kN/m2)
L2 = 1 ft (as moments computed are per foot)
Ln = 25 - 20/12 = 23.33 ft (7.11 m)

hence,

Mo = 0.082*1*23.332/8 = 5.58 k-ft/ft (7.57 kNm/m) (ADAPT 5.84 OK)

J. Stresses (Data Block 9.6)

Data block 9.6 lists the service stresses at top and bottom for support s and
midspan. The post-tensioning is determined, such as to keep the stresses
below allowable values.

Stress Limits for allowable values


Top Tension = 6*4000 = 380 psi (2.62 MPa) (ADAPT B1)
Bottom Tension = 6*4000 = 380 psi (2.62 MPa)
Compression (for = 0.45 * 4000 = -1800 psi (-12.41
service) MPa)

3-29
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Consider the right face of second support:

Stresses:

= (MD+ML+MPT)/S + (P/A)
S = I/Yc

Where MD,ML,MPT are the moments across the entire tributary of the design
strip. S is the section modulus; A is the area; I is the moment of inertia of the
section; and Yc is the distance of the centroid of the section to farthest tension
fiber of the section.

A = 1560 in2 (1.01e6 mm2) (ADAPT B4.1, C2)


I = 5493 in4 (2.29e9 mm4) (ADAPT B4.1, C3)
Yb = 3.25 in (83 mm) (ADAPT B7.2, C2)
Yt = 3.25 in (83 mm) (ADAPT B9.7, C2)

Sbottom = Stop = 5493/ 3.25 =1690.15 in3 (2.77e7 mm2)

P = 201.5 k/- (896.31kN) (ADAPT B9.3, C2)


MD = -74.79 k-ft (-101.40 kNm) (ADAPT B7.1, C2)
ML ML = -25.04 k-ft (-33.95 kNm) (ADAPT B7.2, C2)
MPT MPT = 35.36 k-ft (47.94 kNm) (ADAPT B9.7, C2)

MD+ML+MPT = -74.79 + -25.04 + 35.36


= -64.47 k-ft (-87.41 kN)
P/A = -201.5*1000/ 1560
= -129.17 psi (-0.89 MPa)

Top fiber:

= (64.47*12000)/1690.15- (129.17)
= 328.57 psi (2.27 MPa) < 380 psi (ADAPT 328.63, B9.6, C2, OK)
(2.62MPa)

Bottom fiber:

= (-64.47*12000)/1690.15- (129.17)
= -586.91 psi (-4.05 MPa) <-1800 (ADAPT 586.96, B9.6, C5,
psi (-12.41 MPa) OK)

Calculations for all other points are carried out in the same way and printed in
ADAPT-PT Block 9.6. Stress calculations at 1/20 th points are reported in
STRESSES. DAT file in the subdirectory, where data was executed.

3-30
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

K. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)

There are two ways for calculating the secondary moments. ADAPT-PT uses
the direct method derived from the definition of secondary actions. The
subject matter slab together with the secondary actions computed at the
supports is shown in Fig. 3.3-1. The secondary actions, which represent the
reactions at supports due to post-tensioning, are taken from data block 9.7 of
ADAPT-PT output. The secondary moments in the slab are moments induced
by the secondary actions at the supports.

The secondary shears and moments at the supports must be in self-equilibrium


since the applied loading, namely the post-tensioning forces, form a
self-equilibrating system.

Sum of secondary reactions:

0.076 - 0.076 - 0.077 + 0.077 = 0 k (zero, OK)

3-31
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

FIGURE 3.3-1

Check the validity of the solution for static equilibrium:

Vertical Forces = 0.076 0.076 - 0.077+0.077


=0 OK

Moments about = 3.553+ 3.359 + 1.143 + 1.081


Support #1 1.143 1.080 3.553 3.359
+0.076*17 +0.077* 42-0.077*59
= -0.016 k-ft (approx. = 0, OK)
(B9.7)

CENTERLINE secondary moments at ends of spans

Left of span 1: Msec = 3.553 + 3.359 = 6.912


k-ft (9.37 kNm)
Right of span 1: Msec = 6.912+ 0.076*17 = 8.204
k-ft (11.12 kNm)

3-32
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Left of span 2: Msec = 8.204 + 1.081 + 1.143 = (ADAPT 10.43,


10.43 k-ft (14.14 kNm) B10.2, C2, OK)

The remainder of secondary moments may be calculated in a similar manner.


In order to minimize numerical inaccuracies, ADAPT-PT calculates the
secondary moments of the right spans from the secondary actions of the right
side.

MID-SPAN secondary moments

Because secondary moments vary linearly from support to support, the


mid-span moment is the average of the support values. Hence, for the first
span:

Msec = 0.5*(6.912 + 8.204) = 7.558 k-ft (10.25 (ADAPT 7.56, B10.2,


kNm) C3 OK)

Secondary moments adjusted to face-of-supports

The reduction of secondary moments to the faces of supports is simply


obtained from linear interpolation of the centerline values. The (V*a/3)
approximation is not valid in this case. For moment at the left face of second
support from Fig. 3.3-2:

Msec = 8.204 - (10/204)*(8.204 - 6.912) (ADAPT 7.56, B10.2,


= 8.141 k-ft (11.04 kNm) C3 OK)

Secondary moments may also be calculated using the following alternative


relationship. This relationship, however, is not used in ADAPT-PT and is not
recommended, since it does not include an equilibrium check to detect errors
in computation.

Msec = Mbal - F*e

where,

Mbal = 44.02 k-ft (59.68 kNm) (from file


PTBMSF.DAT)
F = 201.50 k (896.31kN) (B9.3,C2)
e (eccentricity ) = 5.25 - 3.25 = 2.00 in. (51 mm)
Msec = 44.02 201.50*2.00/12
= 10.44 k-ft(14.15 kNm) which is the same as
given in Fig. 3.3-1

3-33
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

FIGURE 3.3-2

It is emphasized that the values given in ADAPT-PT report (B9.7) are already
reduced to the face of support.

L. Factored Moments (Design Moments) (Data Block 10.1)

The following demonstrates the calculation of the design moment at the right
of second support:

Mu = 1.2 Md + 1.6 Ml + 1.0* Msec


1.2 Md = 1.2*(-74.79) = -89.75 k-ft (-121.68 kNm) (B7.1, C2)
1.6 Ml = 1.6*(-25.04) = -40.06 k-ft (-54.31 kNm) (B7.2, C2)
1.0 Msec = 1.0*10.43 = 10.43 k-ft (14.14 kNm) (B10.2, C2)
Mu = -119.38 k-ft (-161.86 kNm) (ADAPT -119.38,
B10.1, C2)

M. Nonprestressed (Mild) Reinforcement (Data Block 11)

In this section the mild reinforcement calculations of ADAPT-PT are verified


for selected points along the slab for the condition of no redistribution. The
following aspects of the nonprestressed reinforcement calculations are
verified:

Minimum rebar over the supports


Rebar to meet the ultimate strength requirements

3-34
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Reinforcement for tensile block

In the following calculations data describing the tendon profile was read off
from the ADAPT-PT data file called PTCGS.DAT. The file contains a
detailed description of the tendon shape at various points along the span.
PTCGS.DAT is not part of the regular report. It can be generated and
appended to the regular report through the programs post processor.

(i) Minimum Rebar at Supports

Consider the left face of second support. The minimum rebar is


determined from the following expression:

Amin = 0.00075*h*L

where,

h = slab thickness (6.5 in.)


L = length of slab in direction of rebar
= 0.5(17 + 25)*12 = 252 in. (6401 mm) (For second column)

hence,

Amin = 0.00075*6.5*252 = 1.228 in.2 (792 mm2) (ADAPT 1.23,


B11.3, C4 OK)

(ii) Ultimate Strength Requirement

Consider the left face of second support:

Mu = -119.38 k-ft (-161.86 kNm) (B10.1,C2)


b (width) = 20*12 = 240 in. (6096 mm)
h (height) = 6.5 in. (165 mm)
Cover at = 1.00 in. (25 mm) (B1)
top = -119.38 k-ft (-161.86 kNm)
Top bar = 0.625 in. (16 mm) (#5 bar)
dia.
dr = dt = 6.5 - (1.00 + 0.625/2) = 5.19 in. (132 (B9.3,C1)
mm)
PT = 201.50 k (896.31kN) (B9.3,C1)
dp = 4.75 in. (121 mm) (PTCGS.DAT)
fse = 175 ksi (1206.59 MPa) (B1, PTI 34)
Span = 25 ft (7.62 m)

3-35
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Rebar area = 1.89 in2(1220 mm2) (B11.3.1,C2)


fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa) (B1)

Calculate design stress in tendon (fps):

Span-to-depth ratio = 25*12/6.5 = 46.1 > 35

hence, use ACI Equation (18-5):

fps = fse + 10000 + (f'c/300*p)

where,

f'c = 4000 psi (27.58 MPa) (B1)


p = ratio of prestressed reinforcement
= Aps/b*dp
Aps = 201.50/175 = 1.15 in2 (742 mm2)
p = 1.15/(240*4.75) = 0.00101
fps = 175000 + 10000 +
(4000/300*0.00101)
= 198201 psi (1366.56 MPa)
fps = 198201 < (175 + 30) = 205 ksi (OK)
(1413.43 MPa)
Tension (T) = PT + rebar
= 1.15*198 + 1.89*60
= 227.70 + 113.40
= 341.10 k (1517.28 kN)
a = Depth of compression zone
= T/0.85*b*fc)
= 341.10 /(0.85*240*4) = 0.42 in. (11
mm)
c = 0.42/0.85 = 0.49 in. (13 mm)
c/dt = 0.49/5.19 = 0.09 < 0.375, hence =
0.90
Mu = 0.9*[227.70 (4.75 - 0.42/2) +
113.40*(5.19 - 0. 42/2)]/12
= 119.89 k-ft (162.55 kNm) (B10.1,C2 OK)

(iii) Tensile Block Reinforcement

By requirements of ACI 318-83 Section 18.9, when the tensile stress


in the span exceeds 2*(f'c)1/2, the entire tensile force must be resisted
by mild reinforcing at a stress of fy/2.

3-36
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Consider mid-point of interior span:

Tensile stress = 243.73 psi (1.68 MPa) (B9.6, C4)


2*(f'C)1/2 = 126 psi, hence rebar required
Compression = -502.06 psi (-3.46 MPa)
stress
Depth of = 6.5*[243.73/(243.73 + 502.06)]
tensile zone
= 2.12 in. (54 mm)
Tension Nc = 0.244*2.12*240/2
= 62.07 k (276.10 kN) for the
tributary
As = 62.07/(0.5*60)
= 2.07 in2 (1335 mm2) (ADAPT 2.07;
B 11.2.1; C8)

N. Punching Shear Capacity (Data Block 12)

The punching shear calculations for the second column are verified. Note that
the total shear and moments listed in data block 12 of ADAPT-PT output for
shear check are factored as follows:

1.2D + 1.6L + Secondary effects

Additional details for the calculations of punching shear parameters are given
in Section 5.9.

Vu = 76.31 kips (339.44 kN) (B12, C3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 41.67 kip-ft (56.50 kNm)

Section Properties:

c1 = 20 in (508 mm)
c2 = 14 in (356 mm)
h = 6.5 in (165 mm)
Dia .of bar = 0.625 in (#5 bar) (16mm)
Cover = 1.0 in (25 mm)
dr = 6.5- 1.0- 0.625/2 =5.19 in (132 mm)
c1 + d = 20 + 5.19= 25.19 in (640 mm)
c2 +d = 14 + 5.19= 19.19 in (487 mm)
Ac = 2d(c1 + c2 + 2d))= 2*5.19 * (20+ 14+ 2*5.19)
= 460.66 in2 (2.97e5 mm2)
Jc = (c1+ d)*d3/6+ (c1 + d) 3*d/6 +d* (c2 + d)*(c1+ d) 2 /2
= 25.19*5.193/6 +25.193*5.19/6+5.19*19.19* 25.19 2 /2
= 46012 in4 (1.92e10 mm4)

3-37
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d)) ]}


= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (25.19 / 19.19) ]}
= 0.433

Stress due to direct shear:

Vu / Ac = 76.31 * 1000/ 460.66


= 165.65 psi (1.14 MPa) (ADAPT 165.26, B12, C5
OK)

Stress due to bending:

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d))/ (2* Jc)


= (0.433 * 41.67 * 12000 * 25.19)/
2*46012
= 59.27 psi (0.41 MPa) (ADAPT 59.10,
B12, C6, OK)
Total = Stress due to shear + stress due
Stress to bending
= 165.65 + 59.27
= 224.92 psi (1.55 MPa) (ADAPT 224.36,
B12, C7, OK)

Allowable stress (from ACI-318 equation 11.36):

vc = *[( p* f c + 0.3 * fpc ) + Vp]

where,

= 0.75
p is the smaller of 3.5 or (( s* d/ b0 )+
1.5)
s = 40 for interior column
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 2 * (25.19 + 19.19) = 88.76 in (2255
mm)
d = 5.19 in (132 mm)
p = (( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5) = (( 40* 5.19 /
88.76 )+ 1.5)
= 3.84 >3.50, use 3.50
fpc = P/A = 129.17 psi (0.89 MPa) (ADAPT B9.3 )
vc = 0.75 *( 3.5* 4000 + 0.3 *129.17 )
= 195.08 psi (1.35 MPa)

Allowable Stress = 195.08 psi (1.35 MPa) (ADAPT 195.08,

3-38
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

B12, C8, OK)

Note that in the evaluation of allowable stresses, the term corresponding to the
vertical component of tendon force (Vp) is conservatively disregarded.

Stress ratio:

Stress Ratio = Actual/Allowable


= 224.92/195.08
= 1.15 (ADAPT 1.15, B12, C9, OK)

O. Deflections (Data Block 13)

Herein the mid-span deflection of the central span is verified. Fig. 3.3-3
shows the bending moment diagram of the central span due to dead loading
per foot of tributary. The values are from B6.1, C2-4. For example, the
support moment is 94.13/20 = 4.71 k-ft. The static moment from ADAPT-PT
is (94.13+55.87)/20 = 7.5 k-ft.

Check:

Static moment = wL2/8 = 0.096*252/8 = 7.5 k-ft (OK)


(10.17 kNm)
= 5493/20 = 274.65 in4 (1.14e8 mm4) (B4, C3)
= 3605 ksi (24856 MPa) (Notes of
B13)

Using the Moment-Area method of deflection calculation, the deflection at


mid-span is given as the moment of the bending moment diagram between
mid-span and the support taken about the support line and divided by E*I.
Refer to the lower part of Fig. 3.3-3, where the applicable bending moment
diagrams are shown separately for clarity.

Dead load = [-4.71*12*150*75 + 7.5*12*(150*2/3) *


deflection (150*5/8)]/(274.65*3605)
= 0.21 in. (5 mm) (ADAPT 0.21,
B13,C2 OK)

By proration, the live load and post-tensioning deflections can be verified as


follows:

Live load deflection = (0.029/0.096)*0.21


= 0.06 in. (2 mm) (ADAPT 0.06, B13,C5)

Deflection due to dead load plus post-tensioning

3-39
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

Net loading = 0.096 (0.860/20) = 0.053 k/ft2 (B9.4,C7)


= (0.053/0.096)*0.21
= 0.12 in. (3 mm) (ADAPT 0.13, B13,C3)

Note that the deflection due to post-tensioning is approximated in the


verification. The distribution of balanced loading is not uniform and the
proration employed in the verification on the basis of uniform distribution is
not strictly accurate.

Creep factor =2
Long-term = [0.13*(1 + 2)+0.06]
deflection
= 0.45 in. (11 mm) (ADAPT 0.44, B13, C6)
Span/long-term = (25*12/0.45) = 667 (B13,C6)
deflection

The slight differences between the hand calculated and ADAPT-PT computed
ratios lies in the round off error in printed values of deflections.

3-40
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

FIGURE 3.3-3

3.3.2 Verification of SI Report

The SI version is verified by way of comparing its output with the American version.
Table 3.3-1 lists the critical values of the two-way slab for both the American and the
SI system of units. Good agreement between the two versions is observed.

3-41
ADAPT TWO-WAY FLAT SLAB VERIFICATION Chapter 3

TABLE 3.3-1 COMPARISON BETWEEN THE METRIC AND


AMERICAN OUTPUTS OF ADAPT FOR PTI TWO-WAY
SLAB EXAMPLE (PTI02M)

SI output American Reference


[kN,m] [k,ft] output number
[k,ft]
DL Moment Span 34.45 25.41 25.46 B5.1, C3
DL Moment Support -103.36 -76.23 -76.47 B5.1, C4
DL Moment Reduced -81.56 -60.16 -60.34 B7.1, C4
LL Moment Span 19.53 14.40 14.45 B6.1, C4
LL Moment Support -35.30 -26.04 -26.11 B6.1, C6
LL Moment Reduced -27.65 -20.39 -20.45 B7.2, C6
Required PT Span 473.59 106.47 108.32 B9.5, C3
Required PT Support 770.58 173.23 174.56 B9.5, C4
Stress Bottom at Center 1.68 243.67 243.73 B9.6, C5
Stress Top at Center -3.46 -501.84 -502.06 B9.6, C4
Secondary Moments 10.23 7.55 7.56 B10.2, C3
Rebar - Bottom 1327 2.06 2.07 B11.2.1, C6
Rebar - Top 1210 1.88 1.89 B11.3.1, C2
Deflection LL 1.5 0.06 0.06 B13, C5
Punching Shear ratio 1.14 1.14 1.15 B12, C9

3-42
CHAPTER 4

CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM
VERIFICATION

4.1 GIVEN VALUES .............................................................................................. 4-1


A. STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.............................................................. 4-2
B. DESIGN CODE.............................................................................. 4-2
C. MATERIAL PROPERTIES ........................................................... 4-2
D. LOAD CASES AND COMBINATIONS ....................................... 4-3
E. DEFLECTIONS ............................................................................. 4-4
F. COVER........................................................................................... 4-4
G. TENDON PROFILE....................................................................... 4-5
4.2 COMPUTED VALUES .................................................................................... 4-5
4.2.1 COMPUTER REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS ....................... 4-5
4.2.2 COMPUTER REPORT FOR SI UNITS....................................... 4-14
4.3 VERIFICATION ............................................................................................ 4-23
4.3.1 VERIFICATION OF REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS......... 4-23
A. GEOMETRY OF BEAM (DATA BLOCK 2).................. 4-23
B. LOADING (DATA BLOCK 3.1) ..................................... 4-23
C. CALCULATED SECTION PROPERTIES
(DATA BLOCK 4) ........................................................... 4-24
D. MATERIAL PROPERTIES (DATA BLOCK 1).............. 4-24
E. CENTERLINE MOMENTS (DATA BLOCK 5&6) ........ 4-24
F. TENDON PROFILE AND FORCES
(DATA BLOCK 9) ........................................................... 4-24
G. REQUIRED POST-TENSIONING FORCES
(DATA BLOCK 9.5) ........................................................ 4-26
H. SERVICE STRESSES (DATA BLOCK 9.6) ................... 4-27
I. SECONDARY MOMENTS (DATA BLOCK 10.2) ........ 4-28
J. FACTORED MOMENTS AND REACTIONS
(DATA BLOCK 10.1) ...................................................... 4-29
K. NONPRESTRESSED (MILD) REINFORCEMENT
(DATA BLOCK 11) ......................................................... 4-29
L. SHEAR DESIGN (DATA BLOCK 12)............................ 4-31
4.3.2 VERIFICATION OF SI REPORT................................................ 4-32
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

4. CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION

This section covers the design example and verification of a two-span post-tensioned T-
beam. The dimensions and design parameters selected are the same as the example in PTIs
Design Manual (1985, 4th edition, page 326).

4.1 Given Values

The elevation and cross-sectional geometry of the beam are given in Fig. 4.1-1. The cross-
sectional geometry of the beam shown refers to the stem and its effective width in bending.
Other design parameters and particulars of the structure are specified in the following.

FIGURE 4.1-1

4-1
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

A. Structural System

The structural system consists of Two-span cast-in-place T-Beam supported by


columns.

B. Design Code

The design is based on ACI 318-05.

C. Material Properties

(i) Concrete

Compressive cylinder strength, fc = 5000 psi (34 MPa)


Weight = 150 pcf (2403 kg/m3)
Modulus of elasticity = 4030 ksi (20.68 MPa)
Compressive cylinder strength at = 3000 psi (20.68 MPa)
stressing, fc

(ii) Post-Tensioning

Material:

Low relaxation, seven wire strand


Strand diameter = in
Strand area = 0.153 in2 (99 mm2)
Modulus of elaticity = 28000 ksi (193054 MPa)
Ultimate strength of strand, fpu = 270 ksi (1862 MPa)
Average effective stress (fse) = 175 ksi (1206 MPa)

System:

System unbonded

Stressing:

Ratio of jacking stress to strands = 0.8


ultimate strength
Anchor set = 0.25 in (6.35 mm)
Coefficient of angular friction, = 0.07 /radian
Coefficient of wobble friction, K = 0.0014 rad/ft (0.0046 rad/m)
Stress on day 3
Minimum concrete cylinder strength at = 1832 psi (12.63 MPa)
stressing

4-2
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

(iii) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Yield stress fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa)


Modulus of elasticity = 29000 ksi (199,949 MPa)

(iv) Design Loading

Dead load = 2.777 k/ft (40.53 kN/m)


Live load = 0.807 k/ft (11.78 kN/m)

D. Load Cases and Combinations

(i) Strenght Load Combinations

The strength requirement for each member is established using the following
factored load combinations:

Primary load combination


1.2*DL + 1.6*LL + 1*HYP

Other load combination


1.4*DL + 1*HYP

Where HYP is the secondary (hyperstatic) moments, shears and reactions


due to post-tensioning.

(ii) Serviceability Load Combinations

Final stresses:

The design is selected to be carried out according to the Transitional (T)


state of stress of the code. That is to say, the maximum hypothetical tensile
stresses will be allowed to exceed 6 fc but be retained less than 12 fc A
hypothetical tensile stress equal to 9 * fc is set as design target.

Tensile stress (top and bottom) = 9fc = 569.21 psi (3.92 MPa)

Compressive stress
For sustained load condition = 0.45fc = 1800 psi (12.41 MPa)
For total load condition = 0.60 * fc = 2400 psi (16.55 MPa)

Load combinations for serviceability check:

Total load condition


1*DL + 1*LL + 1*PT

4-3
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

Sustained load condition


1*DL + 0.3*LL + 1*PT

The factors for neither of the above load combinations are spelled out in the
code. Their selection is based on common practice.

Initial stresses (transfer):

Maximum tension = 3 fci


Maximum compression = 0.60 * fci

Where fci = 0.75fc is the concrete cylinder strength at time of stressing.

Load Combinations for Stress Check at transfer of prestressing:

U = 1.00 DL + 1.15* PT

E. Deflections

Having maintained the hypothetical tensile stresses within the limits stated in the
preceding, the deflections would be calculated assuming gross cross-sectional
properties. Long-term deflections are estimated using a creep coefficient of 2.

For the floor slabs the maximum deflections are maintained below the following
value with the understanding that the floor structure is not attached to nonstructural
elements likely to be damaged by large deflections of the floor:

Slabs:

Live load deflection span/360

F. Cover

(i) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Cover to top bars = 2 in (51 mm)


Cover to bottom bars = 2 in (51 mm)

(ii) Prestressed Reinforcement

Top cover = 4 in all spans (102 mm)


Bottom cover
Interior spans = 3 in (76 mm)
Exterior spans = 3 in (76 mm)

4-4
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

G. Tendon Profile

Reversed parabola with low point at center for both spans. Inflection points at 0.083L
from central support.

4.2 Computed Values

The computed values are obtained from ADAPT-PT version 7.00. The relevant parts of the
tabular report are summarized below. Since the structure is symmetrical, only the part of the
report that refers to the first half of the structure is reproduced below.

4.2.1 Computer Report for American Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT CORPORATION |
| STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: Feb 1,2005 At Time: 10:33
PROJECT FILE: T-Beam

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
Cast-in-Place T-Beam

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 5000.00 psi
for COLUMNS ................. 5000.00 psi

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 4030.50 ksi


for COLUMNS ................ 4030.50 ksi

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... 9.000
At Bottom ....................................... 9.000

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

4-5
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 60.00 ksi
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 2.00 in
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 2.00 in

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 270.00 ksi
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 175.00 ksi
Strand area....................................... .153 in^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 4.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 3.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 3.00 in
Min average precompression ....................... 125.00 psi
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ BEAM
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO
Effective flange width consideration ............. NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| ft | in in | in in | in in | in |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 2 57.00 14.00 36.00 126.00 7.00 36.00 .50 .50
2 2 57.00 14.00 36.00 126.00 7.00 36.00 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT in ft in in ft in in
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 20.00 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1)

4-6
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

2 20.00 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1)


3 20.00 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 20.00 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT

UNIFORM
(k/ft^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(k/ft) ( k@ft or ft-ft ) ( k-ft @ ft )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L L .807 .00 57.00


1 D L 2.777 .00 57.00

2 L L .807 .00 57.00


2 D L 2.777 .00 57.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
in^2 in^4 in in
-1-------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
1 1288.00 .1221E+06 26.83 9.17
2 1288.00 .1221E+06 26.83 9.17

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (k) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 -450.06 451.72 -902.12 -71.21 87.08

Note:
* = Centerline moments

4-7
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (k) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 71.21 -225.03 -225.03
2 174.15 .01 .01
3 71.21 225.03 225.03

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (k-ft) and SHEAR FORCES (k) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -130.79 -130.79 131.27 131.27 -262.16 -262.16 -20.69 25.30
2 -262.15 -262.15 131.27 131.27 -130.79 -130.79 -25.30 20.69

Note:
* = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (k)-> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 20.69 .00 .00 -65.39 .00 -65.39
2 50.61 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 20.69 .00 65.40 .00 65.40 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -391.67 451.75 -830.50
2 -830.50 451.75 -391.67

Note:
* = face-of-support

4-8
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -113.83 -113.83 131.25 131.25 -241.33 -241.33
2 -241.33 -241.33 131.25 131.25 -113.83 -113.83

Note:
* = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (k-ft)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -505.50 -505.50 583.00 583.00 -1071.83 -1071.83
2 -1071.83 -1071.83 583.00 583.00 -505.50 -505.50

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .500 .083 .000
2 1 .083 .500 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (in) -> P/A Wbal Wbal

4-9
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

SPAN (k/-) Left Center Right (psi) (k/-) (%DL)


--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 338.500 26.83 3.00 32.00 262.81 1.835 66
2 338.500 32.00 3.00 26.83 262.81 1.835 66

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 790.9 LB

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kips)

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 274.43 148.93 161.00 161.00 161.00
2 148.94 274.43 .00 161.00 161.00 161.00

Note:
* = face-of-support
9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (psi) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * C E N T E R R I G H T *
SPAN TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
-1----------2---------3-------------4---------5-------------6---------7----
1 -45.29 -898.87 -498.43 426.20 216.72 -1665.06
2 216.73 -1665.08 -498.44 426.20 -45.30 -898.84

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (k-ft) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (k ) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)

--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 264.17 -321.58 539.83 -1.72 -1.72
2 539.83 -321.58 264.17 1.72 1.72

Note:
* = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (k )--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 1.720 150.750 150.750
2 -3.440 -.004 -.004
3 1.720 -150.750 -150.750

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (k-ft)

4-10
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -349.22 -349.22 1102.62 1102.62 -984.65 -984.65
2 -984.65 -984.65 1102.62 1102.62 -349.22 -349.22

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (k-ft)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 302.92 350.50 398.08
2 398.08 350.50 302.92

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft)

(k) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->


JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 120.28 87.17 -119.25 -223.88 -119.25 -223.88
2 286.58 205.60 .01 .00 .01 .00
3 120.28 87.17 223.88 119.25 223.88 119.25

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 12.00 in

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 1224.9 lb AVERAGE = 1.0 psf
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 1197.00 ft^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N

T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----

4-11
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

1 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) 1.50 ( .10 1.50 .00)


2 .00 ( .00 .00 .00) 1.50 ( .10 1.50 .00)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S

T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
JOINT (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (in^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 3.65 ( .00 3.65 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
2 3.65 ( 1.53 3.65 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)
3 3.65 ( .00 3.65 .00) .00 ( .00 .00 .00)

11.2.2 & 11.3.2 LISTING OF THE ENTIRE PROVIDED REBAR

------------------------------------------------------
SPAN ID LOCATION NUM BAR LENGTH [ft] AREA [in^2]
--1----2-----3------4----5-------6---------7----------
1 1 T 9 # 6 x 13'6" 3.96
1 2 T 9 # 6 x 25'0" 3.96
1 3 B 4 # 6 x 25'0" 1.76
------------------------------------------------------
2 4 T 9 # 6 x 13'6" 3.96
2 5 B 4 # 6 x 25'0" 1.76
------------------------------------------------------

Notes:
Bar location - T = Top, B = Bottom.
NUM - Number of bars.
Refer to tables 11.5.1,11.5.2 and PTsum graphical display for
positioning of bars.

11.5.1 ARRANGEMENT OF TOP BARS

-------|----------- TOP STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [ft]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
1 | 1 LEFT | 9 # 6 x 13'5" |
1 | 2 RIGHT | 9 # 6 x 12'5" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 2 LEFT | 9 # 6 x 12'5" |
2 | 4 RIGHT | 9 # 6 x 13'5" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

11.5.2 ARRANGEMENT OF BOTTOM BARS

-------|-------- BOTTOM STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [ft]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
1 | 3 CENTER | 4 # 6 x 24'10" |

4-12
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 5 CENTER | 4 # 6 x 24'10" |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS


==============================================================================

LEGEND :
Concrete = NORMAL weight (full shear allowed for)
d ..... = value of d used in shear equations
#4@ ..... = spacings of two-legged #4 stirrups, (fy= 60000. psi)
***** means no stirrups are required
Mu , Vu .. = factored moments and shears (secondary moment effects included)

CASES .. Vc = 1 ACI shear equations govern


2 min permissible value of 2(fc)^1/2 governs
3 max permissible value of 5(fc)^1/2 governs

Av = 1 no reinforcement required
2 min reinforcement required, for beams only
3 stirrup required by analysis

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 57.00 ft (Net span from .83 to 56.17 ft )

X d Vu Mu RATIO Av # 5@ CASES
X/L ft in k k-ft Vu/Phi*Vc in^2/ft in Vc Av REMARKS
--1-----2-------3-------4----------5-------6------7------8-----9-10------11----
.00 .00 28.80 -120.29 -447.84
.05 2.85 28.80 -107.11 -123.79 1.00 .15 24.0 (3 3)
.10 5.70 28.80 -93.93 162.70 .88 .15 24.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.15 8.55 28.80 -80.76 411.64 .76 .15 24.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.20 11.40 28.80 -67.58 623.02 .99 .15 24.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.25 14.25 28.80 -54.40 796.83 1.14 .15 24.0 (1 3)
.30 17.10 29.19 -41.22 933.10 .95 .15 24.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.35 19.95 30.86 -28.05 1031.82 .61 .15 24.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.40 22.80 32.05 -14.87 1092.98 .31 .00 ***** (2 1)
.45 25.65 32.76 -1.70 1116.58 .03 .00 ***** (2 1)
.50 28.50 33.00 11.48 1102.62 .23 .00 ***** (2 1)
.55 31.35 32.65 24.66 1051.13 .51 .15 24.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.60 34.20 31.61 37.84 962.04 .81 .15 24.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.65 37.05 29.87 51.02 835.43 1.09 .15 24.0 (1 3)
.70 39.90 28.80 64.19 671.26 1.05 .15 24.0 (1 3)
.75 42.75 28.80 77.37 469.54 .80 .15 24.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.80 45.60 28.80 90.55 230.25 .85 .15 24.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.85 48.45 28.80 103.72 -46.59 .97 .15 24.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.90 51.30 28.80 116.90 -360.99 1.09 .15 24.0 (3 3)
.95 54.15 30.25 130.08 -712.95 1.16 .16 24.0 (3 3)
1.00 57.00 32.00 143.26 -1102.45

4-13
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 4030.50 ksi


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = .97

Where stresses exceed 6.0(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN inches, DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 .39 .12 .36( 1910) .11( 6025) .47( 1450)
2 .39 .12 .36( 1910) .11( 6025) .47( 1450)

4.2.2 Computer Report for SI Units

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT CORPORATION |
| STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-05/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: Jan 28,2005 At Time: 10:19
PROJECT FILE: T-Beam_SI

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
Cast-in-Place T-Beam

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 34.00 N/mm^2
for COLUMNS ................. 34.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 27405.00 N/mm^2


for COLUMNS ................ 27405.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)

4-14
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

At Top .......................................... .750


At Bottom ....................................... .750

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 413.69 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 51.00 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 51.00 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1862.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1206.00 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 99.000 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 102.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 76.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 76.00 mm
Min average precompression ....................... .86 N/mm^2
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ BEAM
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO
Effective flange width consideration ............. NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 2 17.37 355 914 3200 177 914 .50 .50
2 2 17.37 355 914 3200 177 914 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

4-15
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 508 3.05 609 508 (1) 3.05 609 508 (1)
2 508 3.05 609 508 (1) 3.05 609 508 (1)
3 508 3.05 609 508 (1) 3.05 609 508 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT
Li= LINE LOAD
UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L L 11.777 .00 17.37


1 D L 40.528 .00 17.37

2 L L 11.777 .00 17.37


2 D L 40.528 .00 17.37

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
mm^2 mm^4 mm mm
-1-------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
1 828035.00 .5070E+11 681.10 232.90
2 828035.00 .5070E+11 681.10 232.90

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (kN) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)

4-16
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 -610.65 612.42 -1222.90 -316.83 387.31
2 -1222.91 612.42 -610.65 -387.31 316.83

Note:
* = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (kN) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 316.83 -305.33 -305.33
2 774.61 .00 .00
3 316.83 305.33 305.33

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (kNm) and SHEAR FORCES (kN) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -177.45 -177.45 177.96 177.96 -355.36 -355.36 -92.07 112.55
2 -355.36 -355.36 177.96 177.96 -177.45 -177.45 -112.55 92.07

Note:
* = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (kN) -> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 92.07 .00 .00 -88.73 .00 -88.73
2 225.09 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 92.07 .00 88.73 .00 88.73 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -531.50 612.40 -1126.00
2 -1126.00 612.40 -531.50

Note:
* = face-of-support

4-17
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -154.40 -154.40 178.00 178.00 -327.20 -327.20
2 -327.20 -327.20 178.00 178.00 -154.40 -154.40

Note:
* = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (kNm)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -685.90 -685.90 790.40 790.40 -1453.20 -1453.20
2 -1453.20 -1453.20 790.40 790.40 -685.90 -685.90

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .500 .083 .000
2 1 .083 .500 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

4-18
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 1505.700 681.38 76.20 812.80 1.82 26.772 66
2 1505.700 812.80 76.20 681.38 1.82 26.772 66

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 361.2 Kg

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kN )

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 1225.24 669.38 712.11 712.11 712.11
2 669.38 1225.24 .00 712.11 712.11 712.11

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (N/mm^2) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * C E N T E R R I G H T *
SPAN TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
-1----------2---------3-------------4---------5-------------6---------7----
1 -.31 -6.22 -3.45 2.94 1.50 -11.51
2 1.50 -11.51 -3.45 2.94 -.31 -6.22
Note:
* = face-of-support
9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm ) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (kN) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 358.60 -435.90 731.70 -7.61 -7.61
2 731.70 -435.90 358.60 7.61 7.61

Note:
* = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (kN)--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm ) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 7.611 204.400 204.400
2 -15.220 .001 .001
3 7.612 -204.400 -204.400

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (kNm)

4-19
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -474.14 -474.14 1494.56 1494.56 -1335.62 -1335.62
2 -1335.62 -1335.62 1494.57 1494.57 -474.14 -474.14

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (kNm)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 410.70 474.90 539.10
2 539.10 474.90 410.70

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)


(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 535.08 387.77 -161.96 -303.93 -161.96 -303.93
2 1274.46 914.30 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 535.08 387.77 303.93 161.96 303.93 161.96

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 305.00 mm
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 305.00 mm

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 552.5 Kg AVERAGE = 5.0 Kg/m^2
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 111.19 m^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N

T O P B O T T O M

4-20
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA


SPAN (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 0 ( 0 0 0) 967 ( 67 967 0)
2 0 ( 0 0 0) 967 ( 67 967 0)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S

T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
JOINT (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 2345 ( 0 2345 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 2345 ( 1005 2345 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
3 2345 ( 0 2345 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

11.2.2 & 11.3.2 LISTING OF THE ENTIRE PROVIDED REBAR

------------------------------------------------------
SPAN ID LOCATION NUM BAR LENGTH [mm] AREA [mm^2]
--1----2-----3------4----5-------6---------7----------
1 1 T 9 # 19 x 4080 2556
1 2 T 9 # 19 x 7560 2556
1 3 B 4 # 19 x 7560 1136
------------------------------------------------------
2 4 T 9 # 19 x 4080 2556
2 5 B 4 # 19 x 7560 1136
------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
Bar location - T = Top, B = Bottom.
NUM - Number of bars.
Refer to tables 11.5.1,11.5.2 and PTsum graphical display for
positioning of bars.

11.5.1 ARRANGEMENT OF TOP BARS

-------|----------- TOP STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [mm]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|
1 | 1 LEFT | 9 # 19 x 4084 |
1 | 2 RIGHT | 9 # 19 x 3779 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 2 LEFT | 9 # 19 x 3779 |
2 | 4 RIGHT | 9 # 19 x 4084 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

11.5.2 ARRANGEMENT OF BOTTOM BARS

-------|-------- BOTTOM STEEL -----------------|


SPAN | ID LOCATION | NUM BAR LENGTH [mm]|
--1----|--2------3-----|---4----5------6-------|

4-21
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

1 | 3 CENTER | 4 # 19 x 7559 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|
2 | 5 CENTER | 4 # 19 x 7559 |
-------|---------------|-----------------------|

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS


==============================================================================

LEGEND :
Concrete = NORMAL weight (full shear allowed for)
d ..... = value of d used in shear equations
#4@ ..... = spacings of two-legged #4 stirrups, (fy= 414. N/mm^2)
***** means no stirrups are required
Mu , Vu .. = factored moments and shears (secondary moment effects included)

CASES .. Vc = 1 ACI shear equations govern


2 min permissible value of 0.167(fc)^1/2 governs
3 max permissible value of 0.415(fc)^1/2 governs

Av = 1 no reinforcement required
2 min reinforcement required, for beams only
3 stirrup required by analysis

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 17.37 meter (Net span from .25 to 17.12 m )

X d Vu Mu RATIO Av #16@ CASES


X/L m mm kN kNm Vu/Vc mm^2/m cm Vc Av REMARKS
--1-----2-------3-------4----------5-------6------7------8-----9-10------11----
.00 .00 731. -535.12 -607.90
.05 .87 731. -476.49 -168.51 1.01 312 60.0 (3 3)
.10 1.74 731. -417.87 219.96 .89 312 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.15 2.61 731. -359.26 557.51 .76 312 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.20 3.47 731. -300.64 844.14 1.00 312 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.25 4.34 731. -242.02 1079.85 1.15 312 60.0 (1 3)
.30 5.21 741. -183.41 1264.63 .96 312 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.35 6.08 783. -124.79 1398.50 .62 312 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.40 6.95 814. -66.17 1481.44 .32 0 ***** (2 1)
.45 7.82 832. -7.57 1513.47 .04 0 ***** (2 1)
.50 8.69 838. 51.06 1494.56 .24 0 ***** (2 1)
.55 9.56 829. 109.68 1424.76 .51 312 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.60 10.42 802. 168.29 1304.03 .81 312 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.65 11.29 758. 226.91 1132.36 1.10 312 60.0 (1 3)
.70 12.16 731. 285.53 909.78 1.05 312 60.0 (1 3)
.75 13.03 731. 344.14 636.29 .80 312 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.80 13.90 731. 402.76 311.87 .85 312 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.85 14.77 731. 461.38 -63.47 .98 312 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.90 15.64 731. 519.99 -489.74 1.10 312 60.0 (3 3)
.95 16.51 768. 578.62 -966.91 1.17 350 60.0 (3 3)
1.00 17.37 813. 637.24 -1495.01

4-22
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 27405 N/mm^2


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = .96

Where stresses exceed 0.5(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN mm , DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 10.1 3.1 9.3( 1872) 2.9( 5907) 12.2( 1422)
2 10.1 3.1 9.3( 1872) 2.9( 5908) 12.2( 1421)

4.3 Verification

4.3.1 Verification of Report for American Units

The ADAPT-PT printout is subdivided into numbered data blocks. Data columns in
each data block are also numbered for ease of reference. For example, it is observed
that data block 2.1 column 3 is the lower column lengths. In notation form this is
written as (B2.1, C3).

For this example ADAPT-PT concludes with the effective force that is required to
meet the specified stress and strength requirements. The force determined by
ADAPT-PT should be furnished with due considerations to friction, elongation and
long-term stress losses. The furnished force should be such as to envelop the required
force distribution determined by ADAPT-PT.

The variable force option of ADAPT-PT, in which the change of tendon stress along
its length is accounted for, is more appropriate for this verification.

A. Geometry of Beam (Data Block 2)

Data block 2.1.1 and 2.2 identify the geometry of the beam and column
supports.

B. Loading (Data Block 3.1)

Data block 3.1 identifies the loading details.

4-23
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

C. Calculated Section Properties (Data Block 4)

Data block 4 reflects the calculated section properties of all the spans.

Area, A = 14*29+ 126*7 = 1288 in2 (ADAPT 1288, B4.1,


2
(8.31e5 mm ) C2)
Moment of inertia, = [14 * 293/12 +
I 14*29*(26.83-14.5) 2] + [126
* 73/12 + 126*7*(9.17- 3.5) 2]
= 1221e2 in4 (5.08e10 in4) (ADAPT
0.1221e6,B4.1, C3)
Distance from = 26.83 in (681 mm) (ADAPT B4.1, C4)
bottom fiber to
centroid, Yb
Distance from top = 9.17 in (233 mm) (ADAPT B4.1, C5)
fiber to centroid, Yt

D. Material Properties (Data Block 1)

Concrete, post-tensioning strand and mild reinforcement material properties


are given in data block 1.

E. Centerline Moments (Data Block 5&6)

Dead and live moments for support centerlines and in-span values are listed in
ADAPT-PT data blocks 5 through 6. They are reproduced in the following
table for dead loading:

TABLE 4.3.1-1 CENTERLINE AND IN-SPAN DEAD


LOAD MOMENTS (k-ft)
Kip-ft Reference Number
(kNm)
Exterior column -450.06 B 5.1, C2
(-610.19)
First in-span 451.72 B 5.1, C3
(612.44)
Interior column -902.12 B 5.1, C4
(-1223.09)

F. Tendon Profile and Forces (Data Block 9)

Tendon shape and selected forces used by ADAPT-PT are given in data
blocks 9.1 through 9.3. Here selected the reversed parabola as tendon shape.

4-24
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

Data block 9.2 is the description of reversed parabola. In data block 9.2 of
ADAPT-PT column 2 and 4 indicate the inflection point distance from the
central column in relation to the total length i.e., X1/L and X3/L. The
parabolic profiles are selected so as to have their low points at mid-spans

Data Block 9.3, columns 3-5 (B 9.3, C 3-5) describe the tendon heights at
critical points.

Data Block 9.3, column1 indicate the selection of tendon forces. In ADAPT-
PT printout note that the forces selected (B 9.3, C2) are duly larger than those
required (B 9.5, C 2-4). This ensures that the extreme fiber tensile stresses will
be equal or less than the maximum allowable values specified by the user as
part of input (B1).

Data Block 9.3, column 7 (C7) gives the calculated values of balanced
loading. The ADAPT-PT solution is as follows:

Span 1

FIGURE 4.3.1-1

4-25
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

Calculation of wb1:

Provided PT = 338.5 k (1505.72 kN) (B 9.3, C2)


force, T
a = 26.83 3= 23.83 in
c1 = 28.5 ft (8.69 m)

wb1 / tendon = (2 * T *a / c1 2 )
= 2 * 338.5 * (23.83/12)/ 28.5 2
= 1.655 klf (24.15 kN/m) (ADAPT
1.655,WBAL.DAT)

Calculation of wb2:

Provided PT force, T = 338.5 k (1505.72 kN) (B 9.3, C2)


Total drape for right of = 32-3 = 29 in (737 mm)
span
a = (23.77/28.5)*29 = 24.19 in
(614 mm)
c2 = 23.77 ft(7.25 m)

wb2 / tendon = (2 * T *a / c2 2 )
= 2 * 338.5 * (24.19/12)/
23.77 2
= 2.415 klf (35.24 kN/m) (ADAPT
2.415,WBAL.DAT)

Calculation of wb:

wb = (wb1 * c1+ wb1 * c1) / L


= (1.655 *28.5 +2.415 *23.77)/57
= 1.835 k/ft (26.78 kN/m) (ADAPT 1.835,
B9.3, C7)
% DL balanced
Dead load = 2.777 k/ft (40.53 kN/m) (B3.1, C4)
Balanced Load = 1.835 k/ft (26.81 kN/m) (B9.3, C7)

% DL balanced = 1.835/ 2.777 = 0.66 *100 =66 (ADAPT 66, B 9.3,


C8)

G. Required Post-Tensioning Forces (Data Block 9.5)

Consider the required post-tensioning at the right support of span one; given
by ADAPT-PT as 148.93 kips (B 9.5, C 4).

4-26
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

The verification is carried out by demonstrating that the required minimum


post-tensioning force suggested by ADAPT-PT, if used, leads to a tensile
stress specified by the user as the maximum allowable. In this example the
maximum allowable stress in tension is: 9fc.

Stress due to dead and live moments:

M = 1071.83 k-ft (B8, C6)


M/S = 1071.83 * 12000*9.17/ 122100 = 965.96
psi (6.66 MPa)

Stress due to balanced moment is obtained by prorating the moment due to the
selected force (338.5 kip) by the force suggested by ADAPT-PT (148.93 k).

M/S = (148.93/338.5)*539.83* 12000*9.17/ 122100 = 214.05 psi (1.48 MPa)

Stress due to direct compression:

P/A = 148.93 * 1000/ 1288 = 115.63 psi (0.80 MPa

Total tensile stress = 965.96 214.05 115.63 = 636.28 psi (4.39MPa)

Allowable stress:

9fc = 9 *5000 = 636.40 psi (4.39 MPa) (OK)

It is shown that the calculated required post-tensioning corresponds to the


maximum permissible tensile stress as specified by the user in data block 1.

H. Service Stresses (Data Block 9.6)

Data block 9.6 lists the service stresses at top and bottom for supports and mid
span. This section provides the calculation.

Consider the right face of second support

Stresses:

= (MD+ML+MPT)/S + (P/A)
S = I/Yc

Where MD, ML, MPT are the moments across the entire tributary of the design
strip. S is the section modulus; A is the area; I is the moment of inertia of the
section; and Yc is the distance of the centroid of the section to farthest tension
fiber of the section.

4-27
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

Stress limits:

Top tension = 9*4000 = 636 psi (4.39 MPa) (B1)


Bottom tension = 9*4000 = 636 psi (4.39 MPa)
Compression = 0.45 * 4000 = -1800 psi (12.41 MPa)
(for service)

A = 1288 in2 (8.31e5 mm2) (B4.1, C2)


I = 122100 in4 (5.08e10 in4) (B4.1, C3)
Yb = 26.83 in (681 mm) (B4.1, C4)
Yt = 9.17 in (233 mm) (B4.1, C5)

Sbottom = 122100/ 26.83 = 4551 in3 (74.58e6 mm3)


Stop = 122100/ 9.17 = 13315 in3 (21.82e7 mm3)

P = 338.5 k (1505.72 kN) (B9.3, C2)


MD = -830.50 k-ft (-1126 kNm) (B7.1, C2)
ML = -241.33 k-ft (-327.20 kNm) (B7.2, C2)
MPT = 539.83 k-ft (731.90 kNm) (B9.7, C2)

MD+ML+MPT = -830.50 + -241.33 +539.83


= -532 k-ft (-721.29 kNm)

P/A = -338.5*1000/ 1288


= -262.81 psi (-1.81 MPa) (ADAPT
262.81, B9.3,
C6)

Top fiber:

= (532*12000)/13315- 262.81
= 216.65 psi (1.49 MPa) < 636 psi (4.39 MPa) (ADAPT 216.73,
B9.6, C2)

Bottom fiber:

= (-532*12000)/4551- 262.81
= -1665.58 psi (-11.48 MPa) < -1800 psi (ADAPT -1665.08,
B9.6, C3)

I. Secondary Moments (Data Block 10.2)

The method used by ADAPT-PT for the calculation of secondary moments is


described in Sections 1 and 4.6. The values from data block 10.2 are given in
the following table.

4-28
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

TABLE 4.3.1-2 HYPERSTATIC (SECONDARY


MOMENTS) OF SPAN1
k-ft Reference Number
(kN-m)
FIRST SPAN
At left 302.92 B10.2, C2
(410.70)
At center 350.50 B10.2, C3
(475.21)
At right 398.08 B10.2, C4
(539.72)

Following the procedure outlined in Section 1 for the one-way slab and using
the secondary reactions printed out in data block 9.7 of ADAPT-PT, it is
verified that the ADAPT-PT secondary moments are the correct values.

J. Factored Moments and Reactions (Data Block 10.1)

This section provides the factored moments from the ADAPT-PT solutions.

Consider the verification of the moment at left of second support:

1.2 Md = 1.2 * -830.50 = -996.60 k-ft (-1351.19 kNm)


1.6 Ml = 1.6 * -241.33 = -386.13 k-ft (-523.52 kNm)
1.0 Msec = 1.0 * 398.08 = 398.08 k-ft (539.72 kNm)

Mu = 1.2 Md + 1.6 Ml + 1.0 Msec = (ADAPT


-984.65 k-ft (-1334.99 kNm) 984.65,
B10.1, C6)

TABLE 4.3.1-3 FACTORED MOMENTS (k-ft)


k-ft Reference
(kN-m) Number
First span
At left -349.22 B10.1, C2
(-473.47)
At center 1102.62 B10.1, C4
(1494.93)
At right -984.65 B10.1, C6
(-1334.99)

K. Nonprestressed (Mild) Reinforcement (Data Block 11)

4-29
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

For the particular problem under consideration, the mild reinforcement


required to supplement the post-tensioning is based either on the code
requirements of minimum mild reinforcement, or the ultimate strength.

At critical locations of the beam, ADAPT-PT calculates the required steel for
each of the governing criteria and also the minimum required. The computed
values are tabulated and the largest is used in preparing the list of suggested
rebar.

For a detailed review of the rebar calculation and verification refer to Section
5.8.

(i) Minimum Reinforcement

The minimum bonded reinforcement is As = 0.004*A, where A is the


area of part of cross section between flexural tension face and center of
gravity of gross section in mm2.

For mid-span:

Yb = Depth of neutral axis = 26.83 in (681 mm) (B4.1, C4)


b = Width of section = 14 in (356mm) (B2.1, C5)
As = 0.004*26.83*14
= 1.5 in2 (968 mm2) (ADAPT 1.5,
B11.2, C8)

(ii) Ultimate Strength Requirement

At mid-span:

Mu = 1102.62 k-ft (1494.93 kN-m) (B10.1, C4)


P = 338.5 k (1505.72 kN) (B9.3, C2)
fse = 175 ksi (1206 MPa), final average stress (B1)
Aps = area of PT tendon = 338.5/175 = 1.93 in2

Span/depth ratio = 57*12/36 = 19 < 35

Hence, use ACI Equation (18-4).

b = 126 in (3200 mm) (B2.1,C7)


dp = 36-3 = 33 in (838 mm)
p p for PT = Aps/b*dp = 1.93/(126*33) =
4.642*10-4
f'c = 5000 psi (34 MPa) (B1)

4-30
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

fps = fse + 10000 + f'c/(100*p) (ACI Equation


18-4)
fps = 175 + 10 + 5/(100*4.642*10-4)
= 292.71 ksi (2018.19 MPa)>
{175+60= 235ksi}
So use fps=235 ksi (1620.28 MPa)

2
Area of the required rebar from the output of ADAPT-PT is 0.1 in
(B11.2, C7). The computations proceed by verifying that the
2
calculated area is correct. Therefore, assume As = 0.10 in .

PT tension Tp = 1.93*235 = 453.55 k (2017.48 kN)


Rebar tension Ts = 0.1*60 = 6 k (26.69 kN)
Total tension Tu = 459.55 k (2044.17 kN)

a = Depth of compression zone


= Tu/(0.85*b*f'c)
= [459.55 /(0.85*126*5)] = 0.86 in (21.84
mm)

dr = 36-2-0.75
= 33.25 in (for #6 bar used)
*Mn = *[Tp*(dp - a/2) + Ts*(dr - a/2)]
*Mn = 0.9*[453.55(33 (0.86/2)) + 6*(33.25-
(0.86/2)]/12
= 1122.68 k-ft (ADAPT 1102.62 k-
(1522.13 kN-m) ft, B10.1,C6)

L. Shear Design (Data Block 12)

For the particular beam under consideration the magnitude of the induced
shear stresses are low, to the extent that the design is governed by the
maximum stirrup spacing of 24-inches. For detailed verification of beam shear
design refer to Section 5-9.

The stirrup area and spacing are verified at X = 54.15 ft:

dp = 30.25 in (768mm) (PTCGS.DAT)


Vu = 130.08 kip (B12, C4)
Mu = 712.95 k-ft (B12, C5)
Vu *dp/Mu = 130.08 *30.25/(712.95*12)
= 0.460< 1
vc1 = 0.6*(5000)1/2 + 700*0.46

4-31
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

= 364.43 psi (2.51 MPa)


{2*(f'c)1/2 = 141} < {vc1 = 364.43} <
{5*(f'c)1/2 = 353.55}

Hence, maximum permissible value of 5*(f'c) 1/2 governs (vc code = 3, B12,
C9).

vu = Vu/(b*dp)
= 130.08*1000/(14*30.25)
= 307 psi (2.12 MPa)

Stress = 307/0.75*353.55 = 1.16 (ADAPT 1.16, B12, C6)


ratio
vu/vc

For vu > vc , shear reinforcement is required.

Av = (s* b w *(vu-vc)/ f y
= 12* 14*(307-0.75*353.55)/(0.75*60000)
= 0.16 in2 / ft (103 mm2/m) (ADAPT 0.16 in2,
B12, C7)

Select #5 with two leggs:

2 * 0.31 =0.62 in2 (400 mm2)

hence,

Spacing = 0.62*12/ 0.16 = 46.5 in (1181 mm)

Maximum = min (24 in or 0.75*h =0.75* 36


spacing = 27 in)

so,

s = 24 in. (610 mm) (ADAPT 24in, B12, C8)

4.3.2 Verification of SI Report

The metric version is verified by way of comparing its output with the American
version. Table 4.3.2-1 lists the critical values of the PTI T-beam for both the
American and the metric version. Good agreement between the two versions is
observed.

4-32
ADAPT CAST-IN-PLACE T-BEAM VERIFICATION Chapter 4

TABLE 4.3.2-1 COMPARISON BETWEEN THE METRIC AND


AMERICAN OUTPUTS OF ADAPT-PT FOR PTI T-BEAM
EXAMPLE (PTI03M)
Metric output US output Reference
[kN,m] [kip,ft] [kip,ft] number
DL Moment Span 612.42 451.70 451.72 B5.1, C3
DL Moment Support -1222.90 -901.96 -902.12 B5.1, C4
LL Moment Span 177.96 131.26 131.27 B6.1, C4
LL Moment Support -355.36 -262.10 -262.16 B6.1, C6
Required PT Span 1225.24 275.45 274.73 B9.5, C3
Required PT Support 669.38 150.48 148.93 B9.5, C4
Stress Bottom at Center 2.94 426.42 426.20 B9.6, C5
Stress Top at Center -3.45 -500.39 -498.43 B9.6, C4
Secondary Moments 474.90 350.27 350.50 B10.2, C3
Rebar Bottom 967 1.50 1.50 B11.2.1, C6
Rebar Top 2345 3.64 3.65 B11.3.1, C2
Deflection DL+PT+CR 9.3 0.37 0.36 B13, C4

4-33
CHAPTER 5

SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS

5.1 FIXED END MOMENTS OF NONPRISMATIC SPANS .............................5-1


A. FIXED END MOMENTS ...............................................................5-2
B. VARIATIONS IN MOMENT OF INERTIA ..................................5-3
C. STIFFNESS COEFFICIENTS AND CARRY OVER FACTORS..5-5
5.2 REDUCTION OF MOMENTS TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT ...........................5-6
A. SECONDARY MOMENTS............................................................5-9
5.3 BALANCED LOADING...................................................................................5-9
A. GENERATION OF BALANCED LOADING..............................5-10
B. AVERAGE BALANCED LOADING ..........................................5-14
5.4 REQUIRED POST-TENSIONING FORCE.................................................5-14
A. BASED ON STRESS CRITERIA.................................................5-14
B. PROVIDING AN AVERAGE MINIMUM COMPRESSION......5-15
C. REQUIRED FORCE BASED ON TENDON SPACING .............5-15
5.5 SERVICE STRESSES.....................................................................................5-16
5.6 SECONDARY MOMENTS............................................................................5-19
5.7 FACTORED MOMENTS AND DESIGN MOMENTS ...............................5-22
5.8 MILD REINFORCEMENT ...........................................................................5-23
5.8.1 REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED FOR STRENGTH ..................5-23
A. ACI STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS...............................5-23
B. UBCS STRENGTH REQUIREMENT ............................5-26
5.8.2 CODE SPECIFIED MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT .................5-27
A. ONE-WAY SYSTEM .......................................................5-27
B. TWO-WAY SYSTEM ......................................................5-28
5.9 BEAM SHEAR ................................................................................................5-30
5.10 PUNCHING SHEAR.......................................................................................5-42
5.10.1 OVERVIEW..................................................................................5-42
A. MATERIAL PROPERTIES ..............................................5-43
5.10.2 RELATIONSHIPS ........................................................................5-44
A. INTERIOR COLUMN (FIG. 5.10.2-1) .............................5-46
B. END COLUMN (REFER FIG. 5.10.2-2) ..........................5-47
C. EDGE COLUMN (REFER FIG. 5.10.2-3)........................5-47
D. CORNER COLUMN (REFER FIG. 5.10.2-5) ..................5-48
E. SUPPORT WITH DROP CAP (REFER FIG. 5.10.2-7)....5-49
5.10.3 PUNCHING SHEAR STRESS CALCULATIONS ......................5-50
A. SUPPORT #1 CORNER COLUMN (REFER
FIG. 5.10.2-5) ....................................................................5-50
B. SUPPORT #2 EDGE COLUMN (REFER
FIG. 5.10.2-3) ....................................................................5-53
C. SUPPORT #3 EDGE COLUMN (REFER
FIG. 5.10.2-4) ....................................................................5-55
D. SUPPORT #4 INTERIOR COLUMN (REFER
FIG. 5.10.2-1) ....................................................................5-57
E. SUPPORT #5 INTERIOR COLUMN WITH
DROP CAP (REFER FIG. 5.10.2-7) .................................5-59
F. SUPPORT #6 END COLUMN (REFER
FIG. 5.10.2-2) ....................................................................5-63
5.10.4 COMPUTED VALUES ................................................................5-66
A. COMPUTER REPORT FOR AMERICAN UNITS..........5-66
B. COMPUTER REPORT FOR SI UNITS ...........................5-70
5.11 ONE-WAY SHEAR VERIFICATION FOR BRITISH VERSION ............5-76
5.11.1 BEAM EXAMPLE (MNL5-3B) ...................................................5-83
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

5. SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS

5.1 Fixed End Moments of Nonprismatic Spans

When sections vary along the length of a span, ADAPT-PT computes the fixed end moments
due to the applied loading with due consideration to the change in moment of inertia along
the span length. This section:

Demonstrates the correct calculation of the fixed end moments


Provides additional information on the locations and magnitudes of moments of
inertia along the span
Describes the stiffness matrices used for each of the spans

Data on variations in moment of inertia and stiffness matrices are reported in the file
(CS.DAT) that is generated in the subdirectory, where data is executed.

The verification is carried out for the numerical example given in the Post Tensioning
Institute's booklet on Design of Post-Tensioned Slabs, Section 7.3, Two-Way Slab with Drop
Panels.

The plan and typical elevations of the seven span slab example with drop panels are shown in
Figs 5.1-1 through 5.1-3.

FIGURE 5.1-1

5-1
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.1-2

FIGURE 5.1-3

A. Fixed End Moments

For the specified live load of 0.10 k/ft2 the calculated fixed end moments given by
ADAPT-PT are:

5-2
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

TABLE 5.1-1 LIVE LOADING FIXED END


MOMENTS (units in k-in.)
Span FEM-start FEM-end
1 1600.657 -3366.100
2 5815.288 -5815.274
3 5815.288 -5815.274
4 5815.288 -5815.274
5 5815.288 -5815.274
6 5815.288 -5815.274
7 3366.650 -1600.656

L = 36 ft span length
w = 0.1 k/ft2. load intensity
FEM = Fixed End Moment (center line values)
w*L2 = 0.1*36*362 = 4665.6 k-ft interior span
FEM/(w*L2) = 5815.10/(4665.6*12) = 0.1039 interior span
FEM/(w*L2) = 1597.60/(2073.6*12) = 0.0642 exterior span at A
FEM/(w*L2) = 3368.76/(2073.6*12) = 0.1355 exterior span at B

The comparison of the fixed-end moment coefficients obtained from ADAPT-PT


with other sources are given in Table 5.1-2.

TABLE 5.1-2 COMPARIONS OF FEM COEFFICIENTS


FEM/(w*L2) PTI ADAPT SAP-IV
Interior span 0.101 0.103 0.101
Exterior span - at A 0.061 0.064 0.064
at B 0.137 0.136 0.135

B. Variations in Moment of Inertia

A span with changes in cross section along its length is treated as a non-prismatic
member. Fig. 5.1-4 illustrates the general non-prismatic member geometry assumed
for a typical span. The second moment of area of each section and the distance of a
section from the support are reported in the file CS.DAT. For the above example, the
values calculated are listed in Table 5.1-3.

5-3
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.1-4

TABLE 5.1-3 VARIATION OF MOMENT OF INERTIA ALONG THE SPAN


I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7
.4608E+06 .1843E+05 .1843E+05 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1247E+06
.1247E+06 .1128E+06 .1128E+06 .1843E+05 .1843E+05 .1843E+05 .4608E+06

X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
.4000E+01 .4000E+01 .4000E+01 .2160E+03 .2774E+03 .2774E+03 .2880E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .3600E+03 .4214E+03 .4214E+03 .4320E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .3600E+03 .4214E+03 .4214E+03 .4320E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .3600E+03 .4214E+03 .4214E+03 .4320E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .3600E+03 .4214E+03 .4214E+03 .4320E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .3600E+03 .4214E+03 .4214E+03 .4320E+03
.1063E+02 .1063E+02 .7200E+02 .2840E+03 .2840E+03 .2840E+03 .2880E+03
Notes: Units are in inches, each line refers to one of the spans
Data extracted from data block (888 245) of file CS.DAT

5-4
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

C. Stiffness Coefficients and Carry Over Factors

The rotational stiffness coefficients generated and used by ADAPT-PT are


summarized in a file called CS.DAT. The rotational stiffness matrix of each member
is defined as:

S11 S12
E*
S21 S22

where,

E = modulus of elasticity of the member

For the particular problem under consideration these are:

Span S11 S12 S21 S22


1 .3305E+03 .2789E+03 .2789E+03 .6084E+03
2 .3721E+03 .2536E+03 .2536E+03 .3721E+03
3 .3721E+03 .2536E+03 .2536E+03 .3721E+03
4 .3721E+03 .2536E+03 .2536E+03 .3721E+03
5 .3721E+03 .2536E+03 .2536E+03 .3721E+03
6 .3721E+03 .2536E+03 .2536E+03 .3721E+03
7 .6084E+03 .2789E+03 .2789E+03 .3305E+03
Reproduced from data block 888 310 of CS.DAT file. Units are in2.

For a typical interior span,

S11 = 372.1
S21 = 253.6

The corresponding values for a prismatic member with length L = 432 in., and
mid-span I = 18432 in4 are:

S11 = 4*I/L= 4*18432/432 = 170.67 in3

For the interior span:

I = 18432 in.4
L = 36*12 = 432 in.

The carry-over factor for the interior span is:

S21/11 = 0.68

5-5
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

The following table is a summary of carry-over factors from the three sources:

Carry-Over factor PTI ADAPT SAP-IV


Interior span 0.68 0.68 0.68
Exterior span - at A 0.84 0.84 0.84
at B 0.44 0.46 0.46
Note: The coefficient for a prismatic member is 0.5.

5.2 Reduction of Moments to Face-of-Support

Moments computed from the matrix formulation refer to the structural system line (centerline
of support). Spans, however, are commonly checked at the face-of-support. Thus centerline
moments computed are adjusted to the face-of-support for design.

The face-of-support moment is calculated strictly from the statics of each span.

For a cantilever example, consider the right end of the two-way slab example given in
Chapter 3, Volume II of the manual and identified as (MNL5-2M). The calculation for
moment at face-of-support for dead loading is given below. The dimensions and loading are
illustrated in Fig 5.2-1(a).

Centerline moment:

M = 13.5*5.50*0.92/2 = 30.07 kNm (ADAPT 30.07,B5.1, C2 OK)

Note that the tributary of the cantilever is 5.50 m.

Moment at face-of-support:

M = 13.5*5.50*0.5*(0.9 - 0.2/2)2/2
= 23.76 kNm (ADAPT 23.76, B7.1, C2 OK)

For a span condition, consider the first span of the two-way system of Chapter 3, Volume 2
(case MNL5-2M). The pertinent parameters for the first span are extracted from the solution
given in Chapter 3 and entered on Fig. 5.2-1(b).

At left of span:

Mreduced = 143.83*0.2/2 - 13.5*5.5*[(0.2/2)2/2]


= 14.01 kNm (ADAPT 14.01,B7.1, C2)

At right of span:

Mreduced = -400.42 + 283.11*0.225 - 13.5*5.50*0.2252/


= -338.60 kNm (ADAPT 338.60,B7.1, C4)

5-6
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

At center:

Solution already includes added support stiffness adjustment.

5-7
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.2-1

5-8
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

TABLE 5.2-1 ADJUSTMENT OF MOMENTS FOR A


TWO-WAY SYSTEM (kNm)*
ADAPT Hand Reference
Calculation Number
First span
Left 14.01 14.01 B7.1, C2
Right -338.60 -338.60 B7.1, C4
*ADAPT-PT solution from Chapter 3, Volume II, case MNL5-2M

A. Secondary Moments

Secondary moments vary linearly from support to support. The magnitude at the face
of support is determined from linear interpolation of centerline moments. Consider
the secondary moments of the first span of the two-way system of Chapter 3,Volume
II (MNL5-2M), Centerline secondary moments are listed in MSECSF.DAT file. See
also Fig. 5.2-1.

Msec at left of second support = -5.75*8.987 = -51.675 kNm (ADAPT 51.675,


MSECSF.DAT)

At left of span:

Mreduced = 51.675*(0.2/2)/5.75 = 0.90 kNm

At right of span:

Mreduced = 51.675*(0.2/2)/5.75 = 0.90 kNm

At center:

Solution already includes added support stiffness adjustment.

TABLE 5.2-2 ADJUSTMENT OF SECONDARY


MOMENTS (kNm)*
ADAPT Hand Reference
Calculation Number
First span
Left 0.90 0.90 B10.2,C2
Right 49.65 49.65 B10.2,C4
*ADAPT-PT solution from Chapter 3, Volume II -case MNL5-2M

5.3 Balanced Loading

This section demonstrates:

5-9
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

The correct generation of balanced loading by ADAPT-PT


The method and correct implementations of the average upward force (Wbal)
reported by the program

A. Generation of Balanced Loading

For each span the balanced loading is calculated from the geometry of the tendon and
its force. Fig. 5.3-1 illustrates the balanced loading for a reversed parabolic tendon.
Observe that the loading consists of four partially distributed parts W1 through W4.
Other profiles may involve concentrated loadings as it is described in Chapter 4,
Volume 1 of the manual.

During the execution of the program, the force in a given span, as well as the tendon
geometry may change from one iteration cycle to the next. Consequently, the values
of the balanced loading forces will change between successive iterations. At the
conclusion of the computations, ADAPT-PT records the final set of the balanced
loading used in a text file (WBAL.DAT). At your choice, this file can be appended to
the general report of the results.

In addition to the detailed set of balanced loading used in the computations, a


representative value is also calculated for each span. This representative value is
listed in the summary report. Its calculation and significance is discussed later in
Section(B).

It is emphasized that in addition to the forces W1 through W4 shown in the Fig. 5.3-1
from one tendon, a span may be subjected to balanced loads from other tendons.
These may be due to added tendons that are anchored in the span, or due to a shift in
the neutral axis of the beam/slab at the supports or along the span length.

Consider the fourth span of the one-way slab example from Chapter 3, Volume 2 of
ADAPT-PT manual. This example is identified by the code name (MNL5-1c).
Excerpt from the ADAPT-PT printout is attached with this section.

The tendon profile used is a reversed parabola as shown in Fig. 5.3-1 and indicated in
(B9.2, C1). The parameters of this tendon are extracted from the report of ADAPT-
PT, data blocks 9.2 through 9.4.

5-10
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.3-1

Force in tendon: F = 500.00 kN (B9.3,C2)


Span: L = 9.00 m (B2.1,C3)

Horizontal distances:

X1 = 0.1*9.00 = 0.90 m (0.1 from B9.2, C2)


X3 = 0.1*9.00 = 0.90 m

Vertical distances:

Y1 = 169 mm (B9.3, C3)


Y2 = 100 mm (B9.3, C5)
Y3 = 31 mm (B9.3, C4)

The balanced loads W1 through W4 generated by ADAPT-PT are reproduced in the


following from the balanced loading file:

W1

Total drape for left of = 169 - 31 = 138 mm


span
Drape over length X1: a = (0.9/4.5)*138 = 27.6 mm
W1 = 2*F*a/X12 =
2*500*0.0276/0.92
= 34.074 kN/m (ADAPT 34.074 kN/m,

5-11
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

WBAL.DAT)

W2

a = 138 - 27.6 = 110.4 mm


Length of curve = 4.5 m - 0.9 m = 3.6 m
W2 = -2*500*0.1104/3.62
= -8.519 kN/m (ADAPT 8.519 kN/m, WBAL.DAT)

W3

Total drape for = 100 - 31 = 69 mm


right of span
a = (3.6/4.5)*69 = 55.2 mm
W3 = -2*500*0.0552/3.62 (ADAPT 4.259 kN/m, WBAL.DAT)
= -4.259 kN/m

W4

a = 69 - 55.2 = 13.8 mm
W4 = 2*500*0.0138/0.92
= 17.037 kN/m (ADAPT 17.037 kN/m, WBAL.DAT)

Total upward force (due to W1 and W4):

Upward 34.074 *0.90 + 17.037 *0.90 = 46 kN

Total downward force:

Downward 8.519 *3.60 + 4.259 *3.60 = 46 kN

Sum of upward and downward forces:

46 - 46 = 0 OK

5-12
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

ADAPT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM TIME: 14:57


Data ID: Mnl5-1c Output File ID: WBAL.DAT
POST-TENSIONING BALANCED LOADING
==============================================================================

<--------------TYPE------------------->
1 = UNIFORM 3 = PARTIAL UNIFORM
2 = CONCENTRATED 4 = APPLIED MOMENT

(Uniform) (Con. or part.) ( M o m e n t)


SPAN CLASS TYPE (kN/m) (kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3------4----------5--------6----------7------8------------------

CANTL 1 3 -6.400 .00 2.50


CANTL 1 2 16.00 .00

1 1 3 28.444 .00 .75


1 1 3 33.849 6.75 7.50
1 1 3 -7.111 .75 3.75
1 1 3 -8.462 3.75 6.75

2 1 3 45.841 .00 .85


2 1 3 45.841 7.65 8.50
2 1 3 -11.460 .85 4.25
2 1 3 -11.460 4.25 7.65

3 1 3 32.941 .00 .85


3 1 3 32.941 7.65 8.50
3 1 3 -8.235 .85 4.25
3 1 3 -8.235 4.25 7.65

4 1 3 34.074 .00 .90


4 1 3 17.037 8.10 9.00
4 1 3 -8.519 .90 4.50
4 1 3 -4.259 4.50 8.10

1 1 3 12.267 6.00 7.50


1 1 2 -18.40 6.00

3 1 3 4.775 .00 1.70


3 1 2 -8.12 1.70

5-13
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

B. Average Balanced Loading

For a precise definition of the loads from post-tensioning, the table of balanced
loading generated by ADAPT-PT and described in the preceding should be consulted.

For a quick estimate of the magnitude of the balanced loading, the concept of the
AVERAGE BALANCED LOADING can be used. This is defined as the sum of all
upward forces from post-tensioning divided by span length. The average balanced
loading is reported under balanced loading "Wbal" in data block 9.3, column 7.

It is emphasized that the average balanced loading is not used in ADAPT-PTs


computations. Its value is listed to provide a basis for approximate comparison.

Consider the example treated in the previous Section A. The total upward force is
46.00 kN. For the span length of 9.00 m, the average balanced loading is given by:

Wbal = 46.00/9.00 = 5.111 kN/m (ADAPT 5.111, B9.3, C7 OK)

5.4 Required Post-Tensioning Force

In addition to a detailed report, ADAPT-PT lists the post-tensioning force required at the
critical locations in each span. The post-tensioning force required is defined as the
minimum force necessary to meet the design criteria stated in the input data. These are:

Limiting the maximum tensile stresses to a user pre-defined value


Providing a minimum average pre-compression
Limiting the percentage of dead load balanced to a pre-defined range
Limiting the maximum spacing between tendons to a pre-defined multiple of member
thickness

The following verifies the implementation of these criteria for the fourth span of the one-way
slab example (MNL5-1C) given in Chapter 3, Volume 2 of ADAPT-PT manual.

A. Based on Stress Criteria

The required post-tensioning computed by ADAPT-PT for the fourth span of the
one-way example is 416.63 kN at in-span (B9.5, C3). This force is determined, such
as to limit the maximum tensile stress under service condition to 0.5*(f'c)1/2 (Data
Block 1). The verification is carried out by assuming a force of 416.63 kN, and
demonstrating that the resulting tensile stress is 0.50*(f'c)1/2.

Tensile stress limit = 0.5*(28)1/2 = 2.646 N/mm2


Post-tensioning = 416.63 kN
Cross sectional area A = 200.0*103 mm2 (B4.1, C2)

5-14
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Section modulus S = 6.67*106 mm3 (B4.1, C3 & C4)


Combined dead and live = 57.47 kNm (B8, C4)
moments M
Post-tensioning force F = 500 kN (B9.3, C2)

The applicable post-tensioning moment Mb is determined by prorating the post-


tensioning moment (31.14 kNm (B9.7, C3)) for a force of 500 kN to the reported
value of 416.63 kN.

Mb = -(416.63 /500)* 31.14 = -25.95 kNm

During the execution of the program the tendon heights and the forces of a span is
likely to change with respect to other spans. Consequently, the required force
calculated in one iteration cycle of the computation may be different from the force
computed in the subsequent cycle. However, for the completed and reported output,
as is the case in this verification, the proration is valid

Stress = Average Compression + Bending Stresses


Stress = -416.63*103/2.00*105 +
[(57.47 - 25.95)*106]/6.67*106
= 2.642 N/mm2 (compare to 2.646 N/mm2,
OK)

B. Providing an Average Minimum Compression

For the same example as in (A), the minimum compression specified by the user is
0.85 N/mm2 (B1). Hence,

Force required = Area * Average Compression


= 0.85*2.00*105 = 170 kN (ADAPT 170,B9.5, C5 OK)

C. Required Force Based on Tendon Spacing

The maximum tendon spacing specified is eight times the slab thickness (see data
block 1). If each tendon consists of a minimum of one strand, the force required is

Force per Tendon = Area * Effective Stress


Area of strand = 99 mm2 (B1)

The effective stress is given as data input equal to 1200 N/mm2 (B1).

Force per tendon = 99.0*1200 = 118.8 kN


Spacing = 8*200

5-15
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

= 1.60 m (slab thickness = 200 mm)


Force per meter = 118.8/1.6 = 74.25 kN/m

5.5 Service Stresses

Service stresses are due to dead load, live load and post-tensioning forces. For stress check,
these are combined with a code or user defined factors. The factors selected for the
combination are reported by the program at the heading of data block 8.

In the following the stresses at in-span and face-of-support of the two-way slab example
(MNL5-2M) given in Chapter 3, Volume 2 of the manual are verified.

Fig. 5.5-1(a) shows the central span of the example under consideration. In addition to the
face-of-support, ADAPT-PT calculates the stresses at 20 interval points along each span. At
each interval point dead, live and post-tensioning moments are combined, and the sum is
applied to the entire cross-section of tributary. In the case of the face-of-support, the default
of the program is the actual face of column or the wall support. However, you have the
option to override the programs default and specify a new distance. In either case, the
selection is reported by ADAPT-PT in (B2.2,C2).

In the current example, the reported 450 mm support width means that the stress is checked
at a distance of 450/2 = 225 mm from the support centerline (see figure). The largest value
computed for the intervals in the support region is selected and reported by the program in
data block 9.5.

It is emphasized that at each stress check location the actual cross section for the entire
tributary (Fig. 5.5-1(b) and Fig. 5.5-1(c)) together with the applicable post-tensioning forces
are considered. A tendon terminated in a span, as is indicated in the figure, is assumed to
have continued and anchored beyond the next support at a distance of (span/5). Hence, the
1650 kN of post-tensioning specified for the third span of the example is taken as active
when checking stresses at the right support of the second span. For the in-span and left
support only 1238 kN are considered.

The axial component of the post-tensioning force is assumed to be acting at the centroid of
the section. This is valid, since in ADAPT-PT moments arising from shifts in the centroidal
axis of the section are accounted for. In this particular example the column caps have a
different centroidal axis than the central regions of the slabs.

5-16
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.5-1

5-17
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

TABLE 5.5-1 STRESSES IN SECOND SPAN OF TWO-WAY SLAB


EXAMPLE MNL5-2M
Description Span Right Reference
Support Number*
GEOMETRY
Area (mm2) 1.43*106 1.65*106 B4.1, 4.2
Moment of inertia (mm4) 8.06*109 1.89*1010 B4.1, 4.2
Yt (mm) 130 161 B4.1, 4.2
Yb (mm) 130 299 B4.1, 4.2
MOMENTS
Dead and live (kNm) 244.26 -576.80 B8,C4-6
Balanced (PT) (kNm) -88.10 265.00 B9.7,C3-4
Net moment (kNm) 156.25 -311.80
POST-TENSIONING FORCE
P (kN) 1238 1650 B9.3, C2
STRESSES
Axial P/A (N/mm2)
In-span = 1.238*106/1.43*106 = -0.866 B9.3,C6
Support = 1.65*106/1.65*106= -1.00
Bending M*Y/I
In-span
+156.25*106*130/0.806*1010 +2.520
Support
311.80*106*161/0.189*1011 = 2.656
-311.80*106*299/0.189*1011 = -4.933
Net stresses:
In-span
Top: -0.866 2.520= -3.386 B9.6,C4
Bottom: -0.866 + 2.520 = 1.654 B9.6,C5
Support
Top: -1.000 + 2.656= 1.656 B9.6,C6
Bottom: -1.000 4.933= -5.933 B9.6,C7
*Abbreviation refers to data blocks and columns in ADAPT-PT printout Chapter 3, Volume 2 (MNL5-2M)

TABLE 5.5-2 SUMMARY OF STRESS CALCULATIONS (N/mm2)


Location ADAPT Hand Reference
Calculation Number
Top of in-span -3.39 -3.39 B9.6, C4
Bottom of in-span 1.65 1.65 B9.6, C5
Top at support 1.65 1.66 B9.6, C6
Bottom at support -5.95 -5.93 B9.6, C7

5-18
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

5.6 Secondary Moments

Secondary moments are the consequence of the support restraints to free movement of a
member under prestressing. The background secondary moments is given in Chapter
4,Volume 1 of the manual. ADAPT-PT employs the direct definition of secondary actions
(moments and shears), as stated above, when calculating the secondary moments.

In the following, first the direct method used in ADAPT-PT is verified using the two-way
slab example (MNL5-2M). This is then checked against an alternative method. The method
adopted by ADAPT-PT is more general and capable of extension to more complex
applications.

Observe a typical frame as shown in Chapter 4,Volume 1(Fig. 4.8.2-1). The frame is acted
upon by dead load, live load and forces exerted by the post-tensioning tendon. Fig. 4.8.2-2
shows the free body diagram of the beam/slab member of the frame due to the post-
tensioning forces only. In the free body diagram shown, by definition, the actions at the
supports are the secondary actions, since these are the actions induced by the post- tensioning
tendon. Hence, at any distance Xi, as shown in Fig. 4.8.2-3, the secondary shear is the
algebraic sum of all reactions, and the secondary moment is the moment of all actions. The
governing relationship is expressed in the figure.

The secondary actions of the two-way slab example are quoted from ADAPT-PT report (data
block 9.7) and entered in Fig. 5.6-1.

The secondary actions constitute a self-equilibrating force system. Verify the validity of the
solution by the sum of reactions being zero.

Sum of reactions = 8.987 - 8.976 - 9.017 + 9.006


= 0.0 kN (OK)

Likewise, the sum of moments of the secondary action must be zero.

Moment at left of support 2:

Msec = 8.987*5.75 = 51.675 kNm

At right of support 2:

Msec = 51.675 - 9.837 = 41.838 kNm

The remainders of the moments are calculated from the right of the frame to reduce
accumulation of errors due to numerical computations.

5-19
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

The secondary moments given in ADAPT-PT are reduced to the face-of-support if dead and
live moments are also reduced. The reduction to face is by proration, since the secondary
moments vary linearly from support to support.

Secondary moment at left of support 3:

Msec = 41.93 + [(0.45/2)/8.20]*(41.84 - 41.93)


= 41.93 kNm (ADAPT 41.93, B10.2, C4, OK)

Secondary moment at mid-length of second span:

Msec = 0.5*(41.84 + 41.93)


= 41.89 kNm (ADAPT 41.88, B10.2, C3, OK)

Using the alternative method, the secondary moments at the locations used in the preceding
are recalculated in the following:

Msec = Mbal - P*e

At center of first span:

Mbal = -104.10 kNm (B9.7, C3)


P = 1238 kN (B9.3, C2)
e = 25 - 130 = -105 mm (B9.3,C3-4)

Note that eccentricity above neutral axis is taken as positive.

Msec = -104.10 + 1238*105/1000


= 25.89 kNm ADAPT 25.84, B10.2, C6, OK)

5-20
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.6-1

At the left of third support:

Mbal = 265.00 kNm (B9.7, C4)

5-21
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

The file PTBMSF.DAT is generated by ADAPT-PT contains the distribution of


post-tensioning moments and shears. The moment of 265.00 kNm given in the output (B9.7,
C4) is already reduced to face-of-support.

P = 1650 kN (B9.3, C1)


e = 235 + 200 299.33 = 135.67 mm (B9.3,C5, B4.2,C4)
Msec = 265.00 - 1650*135.67/1000
= 41.14 kNm (ADAPT 41.93, Fig. 5.6-1)

5.7 Factored Moments and Design Moments

In the terminology of ADAPT-PT factored moments and design moments are synonymous
and use the symbol Mu. The program checks and satisfies the following requirement.

Demand Moment <= Design Capacity

Depending on the building code specified, in the calculation of design capacity, the program
uses strength reduction factor or material factors. For the ACI version, the relationship
used is:

Mu <= *Mn

where,

Mu = factored moment
Mn = nominal moment, defined as the ultimate moment a section can develop
= code specified strength reduction factor

Using ACI, factored moments are computed from the following relationship:

Mu = 1.2*Md + 1.6*Ml + 1.0*Msec

The factors 1.2, 1.6 and 1.0 are the default values used by ADAPT-PT. However, the user
may select his/her own factors. Factors used in the computations, regardless whether they are
ADAPT-PT's default values or user's selection, are given in the output at the beginning of
data block 10.

The calculated design moments are listed in block 10. The values listed are base on gross
cross-section and linear elastic material properties. Hence they are the elastic design
moments.

The following is the calculation of factored moments for the three-span beam of ADAPT-
PT's Chapter 3,Volume 2- example MNL5-3M. (Note: This example is printed out in
Chapter 3 as MNL5-3B for the British version of ADAPT-PT only. However, it is included

5-22
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

as a sample input file on the ACI version program diskettes. An excerpt from the programs
report is attached at the end of this section for reference.)

TABLE 5.7-1 CALCULATION AND COMPARISON OF DESIGN


MOMENTS (kNm)
Moments Hand ADAPT Reference
Calculation Number
First span moment
Md = 1.2*762.30 914.76 B7.1,C3
Ml = 1.6*217.80 348.48 B7.2,C4
Msec = 1.0*360 360.00 B10.2,C3
Mu = (sum of the above) 1623.24 1623.30 B10.1,C4
Second support (left side)
Md = 1.2*-1064 -1276.80 B7.1,C4
Ml = 1.6*-304 -486.40 B7.2,C6
Msec = 1.0*610.20 610.20 B10.2,C4
Mu = (sum of the above) -1153.00 -1153.00 B10.1,C6
Values are from example MNL5-3M

5.8 Mild Reinforcement

5.8.1 Reinforcement Required for Strength

ADAPT-PT checks the reinforcement requirements at 1/20th points along each span, in
addition to the face-of-supports. At each location, the design capacity of the design section is
first calculated. If the capacity does not equal or exceed the design moment, the program
calculates the reinforcement necessary to cover the shortfall. The reinforcement calculated is
reported under the columns marked with "ULT" referring to ultimate strength rebar (data
blocks 11.2 through 11.3 of printout).

Herein, the first field and the second support rebar of the beam example MNL5-3M is
verified. (Beam example of chapter 3, volume 2, but in British version. Refer the ADAPT-
PT report at the end of this section). The geometries of the field and support sections and the
locations of the post-tensioning and rebar are extracted from the input data of Chapter 3 and
shown in Fig. 5.8-1.

A. ACI Strength Requirements

(i) At Support

Mu = -1153 kNm (B10.1,


C6)
P = 1660 kN, post-tensioning force (B9.3,C
1)
5-23
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

fse = 1200 N/mm2, final average stress (B1)


Aps = area of PT tendon = 1660 *1000/1200 =
1383 mm2 which is 14 strands 12.7 mm
diameter, 99 mm2 each = 1386 mm2
Span/depth = 20*1000/900 = 22.22 < 35
ratio

Hence, use ACI Equation (18-4)

b = 460 mm (B2.1.1,C5)
dp = 900 - 56 = 844 mm (at centerline of (PTCGS.DAT
the column) )
dp( face-of- = (9.77/10)*844 = 825 mm
support)
p for PT = Aps/b*dp = 1383/(460*825)
= 3.64*10-3
f'c = 30 N/mm2 (B1)
fps = fse + 70 + f'c/(100*p) (ACI
Equation
18-4)
= 1200 + 70 + 30/(100*3.64*10-3)
= 1352.42 N/mm2 < {1200 + 400 = OK
1600 N/mm2}

Area of the required rebar from the output of ADAPT-PT is 0 mm2


(B11.3, C3). The computations proceed by verifying that the
calculated area is correct. Therefore, assume As = 0 mm2

PT tension Tp = 1383*1352 = 1869.82 kN


Rebar tension Ts =0
Total tension Tu = 1869.82 kN

a = Depth of compression zone


= Tu/(0.85*b*f'c)
= [1869.82 (0.85*460*30)]
*1000 = 159 mm
c = 159/0.85 = 187 mm
dr = 900 - 50 -16
= 834 mm (for 16 mm bar used)
c/ dr = 187/834 = 0.22 <0.375,
hence = 0.9
*Mn = *[Tp*(dp - a/2) + Ts*(dr -

5-24
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

a/2)]
*Mn = 0.9*[1869.82 *(825 - 159/2)]
/1000
= 1254.56kNm (ADAPT
1153 kNm,
B10.1, C6)

(ii) At In-Span

Mu = 1623.3 kNm (B10.1, C4)


P = 1660 kN, post-tensioning force (B9.3, C1)

fse, Aps and the applicable ACI equation are same as at support.

b = 5190 mm (B2.1.1,C7)
dp = 820 mm
for PT = Aps/b*dp = 1383/(5190*820)
= 3.25*10-4
fps = 1200 + 70 + 30/(100*3.25*10-4)
= 2193.08 N/mm2
> {1200 + 400 = 1600 N/mm2},

Hence, use ACI Equation (18-4)

Area of the required rebar from the output of ADAPT-PT is 202 mm2
(B11.2, C7). Therefore, assume As = 202 mm2.

PT tension = 1383*1600 = 2212.80 kN


Tp
Rebar = 202*460 = 92.92 kN
tension Ts
Total = 2305.72 kN
tension Tu

a = 2305.72*1000/(0.85*5190*30) OK
= 17.4 mm < 120 mm
c = 17.4 /0.85 = 20.47 mm
dr = 900 - 50 -16
= 834 mm (for 16 mm bar used)
c/ dr = 20.47/834 = 0.025 <0.375,
hence = 0.9
*Mn = 0.9*[2212.80*(820 17.4/2)
+ 92.92*(834 -17.4/2)]/1000
5-25
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

= 1684.74 kNm (ADAPT


1623.30,
B10.1,
C4)

FIGURE 5.8-1

B. UBCs Strength Requirement

UBC 1997 Section 2618 requires that one-way slabs and beams reinforced
with unbonded post-tensioning be designed to develop a nominal capacity
(Mn) to carry their self-weight plus 25 percent of unreduced live loading by
means other than the primary post-tensioning, using a strength reduction

5-26
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

factor of 1. This option may be suppressed by users, where UBC does not
apply.

The reinforcement calculated by ADAPT-PT for the in-span location of the


first span of beam under consideration is 2243 mm2 (B11.2.1,C9 ). The
following is the verification of this reinforcement.

Demand:

Md = 762.30 kNm (B7.1,C3)


Ml = 217.80 kNm (B8.1,C6)
Mu = 1*Md + 0.25*Ml = 816.75 kNm

Provided:

Ts = 2243*460 = 1031.78 kN
dr = 834 mm (from preceding Section A)
b = 5190 mm
a = 1031.78/(0.85*5190*30)
= 7.80 mm < 115 mm (OK)
Mn = 1*1031.78*(834 7.80/2)
= 856.48 kNm Required Mu= 816.75 kNm OK

5.8.2 Code Specified Minimum Reinforcement

Prestressed members made with unbonded tendons are checked for the minimum
mild reinforcement stipulated in respective codes. The requirements are different for
the one-way and two-way systems. Herein the values obtained for the one-way beam
example (MNL5-3M) and the two-way system example (MNL5-2M, Example of
chapter 3, Volume II) are verified.

Minimum reinforcement over the supports are generally provided at the top, since this
is the face where tension commonly occurs. Where loading and span conditions cause
tension at bottom, ADAPT-PT reports the minimum rebar at the bottom. The test
used by the program for the location of minimum rebar at the supports is the sign of
the governing design moment Mu (B10.1).

A. One-way system

Consider the beam example MNL5-3M. The minimum bonded reinforcement


is As = 0.004*A, where A is the area of part of cross section between flexural
tension face and center of gravity of the section in mm2. For minimum rebar

5-27
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

calculation, the section associated with bending of the member is used. That is
to say the section based on effective width-not the entire tributary

(i) For In-Span

Yb = Depth of neutral axis = 589.44 mm (B4.1, C7)


b = Width of section = 460 mm (B2.1,C5)
As = 0.004*589.44*460
= 1084.57 mm2 (ADAPT 1085, B11.2.1, C8
OK)

(ii) Over the Support

Yt = Depth of neutral axis = 310.56 mm (B4.1, C5)


Width of = 2380 mm (B2.1, C7)
flange
Width of web = 460 mm (B2.1)
Flange = 120 mm (B2.1, C8)
thickness
A = 2380*120 + 460*(310.56 - 120)
= 373,258 mm2
As = 0.004*373258
= 1493 mm2 (ADAPT 1493,
B11.3.1, C4, OK)

B. Two-Way System

(i) Over the Support

The area of steel required is As = 0.00075 * Acf

where,

Acf is the larger gross cross-sectional area of the design strips of the
two orthogonal slab frames intersecting at the column in question.

Acf may be calculated by multiplying the average of two adjacent


spans in one direction by the average slab thickness of the
corresponding design strip in the other direction. This calculation is
done for both directions and the larger value from the two directions is
chosen for design.

Consider the second support of two-way example MNL5-2M:

h = slab thickness = 260 mm (B2.1,C4)

5-28
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

L1 = average of backward and forward


spans in feet
= 0.5*(5.75 + 8.20) (orthogonal direction)
= 6.975 m
L2 = 0.5*(2.50 + 3.0) = 2.75 m
As = 0.00075 * Acf = 0.00075*260*6975
= 1360.125 mm2 (ADAPT 1360, B11.3,
C4 OK)

(ii) Field

The field minimum rebar is required if tensile stress under working


condition is in excess of 0.166*(f'c)1/2. The tensile force Nc generated
in the tensile block is to be carried by mild reinforcement using the
following relationship:

As = Nc/(0.5*fy)

Consider the second span of the two-way slab example MNL5-2M:

Tensile stress at bottom = 1.65 N/mm2 (B9.6, C5)


1.65 > {0.166*(f'c)1/2= 0.166*(28)1/2 = 0.878 N/mm2}

Hence, the rebar required.

Compression stress at top = -3.39 N/mm2 (B9.6, C4)

FIGURE 5.8.2-1

Depth of neutral axis from bottom (Fig.5.8.2-1):

1.65*260/(1.65 + 3.39) = 85.12 mm


5-29
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Nc = 85.12*1.65*5.5/2 = 386.23 kN
(for 5.50 m)
As = 386232/(0.5*460)
= 1679 mm2 (ADAPT 1688 mm2, B11.2,
C8)

5.9 Beam Shear

In the following, the one-way shear for the first span of the beam example (MNL5-3M) from
Chapter 3, volume 2 of ADAPT-PT Manual is verified.

The factored moments and shears used in the determination of stirrup requirements are given
at 20th points along each span in data block 12 columns 4 and 5. Consider the moments and
shears of span one at distances X = 0 and X = 20 m from the left support.

Note that ACI code recommends checking shear stresses from a distance h/2 (1/2 of depth of
member) from the face-of-support. The distances 0 and 20 are centerline locations. For this
reason, ADAPT-PT does not report shear calculation values for centerlines in data block 12.
However, in the following the computation is carried out for demonstrating the procedure.

Note that the program calculates the shear stress at each 1/20th points along the span
regardless of the ACI recommendation. Obviously, the 20th point divisions used by the
program would not necessarily coincide with h/2 distance from the face-of-support. Where
considered critical, the user should follow the checking procedure outlined in the following
for the h/2 distance.

Using the previous calculations, the stirrup area and spacing are verified at X = 20 m:

dp = 844 mm (B9.3,C5)
Vu*dp/Mu = 522*844/(1276.72*1000) (B12, C4-5)
= 0.345< 1,
vc1 = 0.0498*(30)1/2 + 0.345*4.826 = 1.938 N/mm2
{0.166*(f'c)1/2 = 0.873} < {vc1 = 1.938 N/mm2} < {0.412*(f'c)1/2 = 2.180}

Hence, Equation 11-9 governs (vc code = 1, B12, C9).

vu = Vu/(*b* dp)
= 522*1000/(0.75*844*460)
= 1.793 N/mm2

Stress ratio vu/vc = 1.793/1.938 = 0.93

5-30
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

vc/2 < vu < vc

Minimum reinforcement is required.

Av is the minimum of the following:

Av = ( s* 0.33 b w)/ f y
= (1000*0.33 * 460)/ 460
= 330 mm2

Av = s * Aps /(80* (f y / f pu ) *d *( b w / d) 0.5 )


= 1000* 1383/(80 *(460/ 1860) * 844 *(460/ 844)^0.5 )
= 113 mm2

Av = s *b w * f c 0.5 / 16* f y
= 1000*460 *30 0.5/ (16* 460 )
= 342 mm2

Av = 113 mm2

Select 16 mm with two leggs:

2 * 199 = 398 mm2

Hence,

Spacing = 398*1000/ 113 = 3522 mm

Maximum spacing = 60 cm or 0.75*h = 0.75* 90 = 67.5 cm

So s = 60 cm (ADAPT 60 cm, B12, C8).

5-31
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

TABLE 5.10-1 SHEAR STRESSES AND THE REQUIRED STIRRUPS FOR


BEAM EXAMPLE MNL5-3M
Description X=0 X = 20 m Reference
Number
Dead load moments (Md) -162.87 -1144.32 B5.1, C2, C4
Live load moments (Ml) -46.53 -326.95 B6.1, C2, C6
Secondary moments (Msec) 126.80 618.20 MSECSF.DAT
Mu = 1.2Md+1.6Ml+Msec = -143.10 -1278.10
From ADAPT-PT output: -143.10 -1278.08 B12, C5
Dead load shear (Vd) -230.93 329.07 B5.2, C5, C6
Live load shear (Vl) -65.98 94.02 B6.1, C8, C9
Secondary shear (Vsec) -24.57 -24.57 MSECSF.DAT
Vu = 1.2Vd+1.6Vl+Vsec = -407.25 520.75
From ADAPT-PT output: -407.25 520.75 B12, C4
Note: Units are in kN-m, kN unless noted otherwise.

5-32
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

ADAPT-PT OUTPUT FOR MNL5-3M


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT CORPORATION |
| STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.10 AMERICAN (ACI 318-02/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: May 9,2005 At Time: 15:29
PROJECT FILE: Mnl5-3m

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
T-BEAM EXAMPLE FOR ADAPT SI UNITS
THREE-SPAN T-BEAM

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 30.00 N/mm^2
for COLUMNS ................. 30.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 25743.00 N/mm^2


for COLUMNS ................ 25743.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... .750
At Bottom ....................................... .750

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 460.00 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 50.00 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 50.00 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1860.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1200.00 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 99.000 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 56.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 80.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 80.00 mm
Min average precompression ....................... .85 N/mm^2
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00

5-33
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ BEAM
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO
Effective flange width consideration ............. YES
Effective flange width implementation method ..... ACI-318

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 2 20.00 460 900 5190 120 900 .50 .50
2 2 17.00 460 900 5190 120 900 .50 .50
3 2 5.00 460 900 5190 120 900 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

2.1.3 EFFECTIVE WIDTH DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


----------------------------------------------------------
SPAN EFFECTIVE WIDTH
mm
----------1-------------------------2---------------------
1 2380
2 2380
3 1250

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 360 3.00 360 360 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
2 480 3.00 480 480 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
3 480 3.00 480 480 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
4 360 3.00 360 360 (1) .00 0 0 (1)

5-34
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT
Li= LINE LOAD

UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L L 8.000 .00 20.00


1 D L 28.000 .00 20.00

2 L L 8.000 .00 17.00


2 D L 28.000 .00 17.00

3 L L 8.000 .00 5.00


3 D L 28.000 .00 5.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

<------ Tributary Width ------> <---------- Effective Width ---------->


SPAN AREA Yb Yt b_eff I Yb Yt
mm^2 mm mm mm mm^4 mm mm
--1-------2-----------3---------4---------5--------6-----------7---------8---
1 981600.00 675.51 224.49 2380.00 .5074E+11 589.44 310.56
2 981600.00 675.51 224.49 2380.00 .5074E+11 589.44 310.56
3 981600.00 675.51 224.49 1250.00 .3979E+11 522.67 377.33

Note:
--- = Span/Cantilever is Nonuniform, see block 4.2

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (kN) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------

5-35
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

1 -162.87 746.41 -1144.32 -230.93 329.07


2 -1009.94 301.62 -409.81 -273.30 202.70
3 -346.57 -82.68 6.22 -140.56 -.56

Note:
* = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (kN) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) ->
--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----
1 230.93 -162.85 .00
2 602.37 134.37 .00
3 343.26 63.25 .00
4 -.56 -6.22 .00

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (kNm) and SHEAR FORCES (kN) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -46.53 -46.53 213.26 213.26 -326.95 -326.95 -65.98 94.02
2 -288.55 -288.55 86.18 86.18 -117.09 -117.09 -78.09 57.91
3 -99.02 -99.02 -23.62 -23.62 1.78 1.78 -40.16 -.16

Note:
* = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (kN) -> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 65.98 .00 .00 -46.53 .00 .00
2 172.11 .00 38.39 .00 .00 .00
3 98.07 .00 18.07 .00 .00 .00
4 .00 -.16 .00 -1.78 .00 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -121.80 746.40 -1066.00
2 -945.20 301.60 -362.00
3 -313.60 -82.68 5.66

5-36
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Note:
* = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -34.79 -34.79 213.30 213.30 -304.60 -304.60
2 -270.00 -270.00 86.18 86.18 -103.40 -103.40
3 -89.61 -89.61 -23.62 -23.62 1.62 1.62

Note:
* = face-of-support

8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (kNm)


==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -156.59 -156.59 959.70 959.70 -1370.60 -1370.60
2 -1215.20 -1215.20 387.78 387.78 -465.40 -465.40
3 -403.21 -403.21 -106.30 -106.30 7.28 7.28

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .015 .500 .030 .000
2 1 .035 .500 .000 .000
3 1 .000 .500 .060 .000

5-37
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 1660.000 675.51 80.00 844.00 1.69 22.568 81
2 925.000 844.00 80.00 844.00 .94 19.563 70
3 925.000 844.00 630.00 675.51 .94 38.407 137

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 376.5 Kg

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kN )

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 1321.11 1004.31 834.36 834.36 834.36
2 864.44 105.01 .00 834.36 834.36 834.36
3 .00 .00 .00 834.36 834.36 834.36

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (N/mm^2) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * C E N T E R R I G H T *
SPAN TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
-1----------2---------3-------------4---------5-------------6---------7----
1 -1.47 -2.11 -3.79 2.30 1.31 -7.39
2 1.04 -6.88 -1.97 1.00 .19 -3.09
3 .64 -3.14 -.10 -2.10 -1.02 -.84

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm ) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (kN) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 120.60 -616.00 879.90 -24.57 -24.57
2 768.50 -220.20 280.20 20.21 20.21
3 236.00 17.95 .42 24.92 24.92

5-38
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Note:
* = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (kN)--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm ) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 24.570 126.800 .000
2 -44.780 -115.900 .000
3 -4.706 -36.500 .000
4 24.920 2.248 .000

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.20D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -70.62 -70.62 1609.41 1609.41 -1154.26 -1154.26
2 -1068.74 -1068.74 830.41 830.41 -436.14 -436.14
3 -403.30 -403.30 -76.95 -76.95 11.63 11.63

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (kNm)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 131.20 372.50 612.30
2 497.50 330.60 163.70
3 116.40 60.05 2.24

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)


(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 407.22 301.65 -68.68 -143.13 .00 .00
2 953.46 678.10 106.80 45.38 .00 .00
3 564.17 407.25 68.31 39.40 .00 .00
4 24.25 23.99 -5.22 -8.06 .00 .00

11 - M I L D S T E E L

==============================================================================

5-39
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Dead + 25% of unreduced Live load capacity requirement
Ratio of reduced to total Live loading .... 1.00
- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 300.00 mm
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 300.00 mm

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 875.2 Kg AVERAGE = 4.0 Kg/m^2
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 217.98 m^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
SPAN (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 0 ( 0 0 0) 2203 ( 214 1085 2203)
2 0 ( 0 0 0) 1085 ( 0 1085 893)
3 0 ( 0 0 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
JOINT (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L-> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--D+.25L->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 1493 ( 0 1493 340) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 3185 ( 0 1493 3185) 0 ( 0 0 0)
3 1493 ( 0 1493 1026) 0 ( 0 0 0)
4 1073 ( 0 1073 230) 16 ( 0 0 16)

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS


==============================================================================
LEGEND :
Concrete = NORMAL weight (full shear allowed for)
d ..... = value of d used in shear equations
#4@ ..... = spacings of two-legged #4 stirrups, (fy= 460. N/mm^2)
***** means no stirrups are required
Mu , Vu .. = factored moments and shears (secondary moment effects included)
CASES .. Vc = 1 ACI shear equations govern
2 min permissible value of 0.167(fc)^1/2 governs
3 max permissible value of 0.415(fc)^1/2 governs

Av = 1 no reinforcement required
2 min reinforcement required, for beams only
3 stirrup required by analysis

5-40
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter (Net span from .18 to 19.76 m )

X d Vu Mu RATIO Av #16@ CASES


X/L m mm kN kNm Vu/Vc mm^2/m cm Vc Av REMARKS
--1-----2-------3-------4----------5-------6------7------8-----9-10------11----
.00 .00 720. -407.25 -143.10
.05 1.00 720. -360.85 240.96 .64 121 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.10 2.00 720. -314.45 578.61 .59 121 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.15 3.00 720. -268.05 869.85 .80 121 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.20 4.00 720. -221.65 1114.70 .93 121 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.25 5.00 720. -175.25 1313.15 .78 121 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.30 6.00 722. -128.85 1465.20 .57 121 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.35 7.00 765. -82.45 1570.86 .34 0 ***** (2 1)
.40 8.00 795. -36.05 1630.10 .14 0 ***** (2 1)
.45 9.00 814. 10.35 1642.95 .04 0 ***** (2 1)
.50 10.00 820. 56.75 1609.41 .22 0 ***** (2 1)
.55 11.00 812. 103.15 1529.46 .41 0 ***** (2 1)
.60 12.00 787. 149.55 1403.10 .61 116 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.65 13.00 747. 195.95 1230.36 .84 119 60.0 (2 2) BEAMS ONLY
.70 14.00 720. 242.35 1011.21 .88 121 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.75 15.00 720. 288.75 745.66 .72 121 60.0 (1 2) BEAMS ONLY
.80 16.00 720. 335.15 433.71 .59 121 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.85 17.00 720. 381.55 75.35 .68 121 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.90 18.00 720. 427.95 -329.40 .76 121 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
.95 19.00 738. 474.35 -780.55 .82 120 60.0 (3 2) BEAMS ONLY
1.00 20.00 844. 520.75 -1278.08

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 25743 N/mm^2


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = .99

Where stresses exceed 0.5(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN mm , DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 20.1 3.8 11.4( 1758) 5.8( 3477) 17.1( 1167)
2 3.9 1.2 3.6( 4779) 1.1(15317) 4.7( 3643)
3 -.3 -.2 -.5( 9152) -.1(53544) -.6( 7816)

5-41
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

5.10 Punching Shear

5.10.1 Overview

Punching shear calculation applies to column-supported slabs, classified as two-way


structural systems.

This section (i) defines the different conditions for punching shear calculation, (ii)
presents the relationships used for code check of each condition using ACI-318, (iii)
presents a numerical example for each condition, and (iv) demonstrates that the
program ADAPT-PT correctly recognizes each case, and accordingly.

Depending on the location of a column with respect to the slab edges, four conditions
are identified. These are:

Interior column, where the distance from each face of a column to the slab
edge is at least four times the slab thickness (columns 4 and 5 in Fig. 5.10.1-1)
Edge column, where one face of a column in direction of design strip is closer
to the slab edge in the same direction by four times the slab thickness (column
2 in Fig. 5.10.1-1
Corner column, where two adjacent faces of a column are closer to their
associated slab edges by less than four times the slab thickness (column 1 in
Fig. 5.10.1-1
End column, where a column face is closer to a slab edge normal to the
design strip by less than four times the slab thickness (Column 6 in Fig.
5.10.1-1

Columns at re-entrant corners, such as column 3 in Fig. 5.10.1-1 are conservatively


treated as edge columns. Punching shear relationships of the code do not apply to
columns that are connected to one or more beams, nor do they apply to
walls/supports. Adequacy of shear transfer in such cases has to be established
differently.

The calculations are presented by way of a numerical example. The geometry,


material, loading and other particulars of the structure selected for the numerical
example are given below and in Fig. 5.10.1-1.

Thickness of slab = 9 in (229 mm)

5-42
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Figure 5.10.1-1

A. Material Properties

(i) Concrete

Compressive strength, fc = 4000 psi (27.58 MPa)


Weight = 150 pcf (2403 kg/m3)
Modulus of elasticity = 3605 ksi (24856 MPa)

(ii) Prestressing

Low relaxation, unbonded system


Strand diameter = in (13 mm)
Strand area = 0.153 in2 (98 mm2)
Modulus of elasticity = 28000 ksi (193054 MPa)
Ultimate strength of strand, fpu = 270 ksi (1862 MPa)
Minimum strand cover
From top fiber = 1 in all spans (25 mm)

5-43
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

From bottom fiber


Interior spans = 1 in (25 mm)
Exterior spans = 1 in (25 mm)

(iii) Nonprestressed Reinforcement

Yield stress fy = 60 ksi (413.69 MPa)


Modulus of elasticity = 29000 ksi (199,949 MPa)
Minimum rebar cover = 0.75 in top and bottom (19 mm)

(iv) Loading

Dead load = self weight + 20 psf (superimposed)


Live load = (1.92 kN/m2)

5.10.2 Relationships

The calculations are intended to determine whether or not a given slab-column


connection meets the minimum safety requirements of the code against failure. It is
not the intent of the calculations to find the actual condition of stress distribution at
the column-slab location. The relationships used are empirical. Using test results, the
relationships are calibrated to deliver safe designs.

The calculation steps are:

1. Determine the factored column moment (design moment Mu) and the factored
shear (design shear Vu). In many instances, column reaction is conservatively
used as design value for punching shear.
2. Consider a fraction of the unbalanced moment ( Mu ) to contribute to the
punching shear demand. The unbalanced moment is conservatively taken as
the sum of upper and column moments at a joint.
3. Using the code relationships, select an assumed (critical) failure surface and
calculate a hypothetical maximum punching shear stress for the assumed
surface.
4. Using the geometry of the column-slab location and its material properties,
calculate an allowable punching shear stress.
5. If the maximum punching shear stress calculated does not exceed the
allowable value, the section is considered safe.
6. If the hypothetical maximum punching shear stress exceeds the allowable
value by a moderate amount, punching shear reinforcement may be provided
to bring the connection within the safety requirements of the code. The design
of punching shear reinforcement is not covered in this writing.
7. If the hypothetical maximum punching shear reinforcement exceeds the
allowable values by a large margin, the section has to be enlarged.

The basic relationship is as follows:

5-44
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Vu Mu c
vu = +
Ac Jc

where,

Vu = absolute value of the direct shear


Mu = unbalanced column moment
Ac = area of concrete of assumed critical section
v = fraction of the moment transferred by shear
c = distance from centroidal axis of critical section to the perimeter of the critical
section in the direction of analysis
Jc = a geometry property of critical section, analogues to polar moment of inertia
of segments forming area Ac

The first critical shear failure plane is assumed at a distance d/2 from the face of
support, where d is the effective depth of the section.

Expressions for Ac, Jc, and v for all types of columns are given below.

5-45
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

A. Interior Column (Fig. 5.10.2-1)

FIGURE 5.10.2-1

Ac = 2d(c1 + c2 + 2d)
Jc = (c1 + d) *d3/6 + (c1 + d) 3*d/6 + d * (c2 + d) * (c1+ d) 2 /2
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d)) ]}

where c1 and c2 are the column dimensions with c1 perpendicular to the axis of
moment, and d is the effective depth.

5-46
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

B. End Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-2)

FIGURE 5.10.2-2 FOR A DESIGN STRIP IN LEFT-


RIGHT DIRECTION

Ac = d (2c1 + c2 + 2d)
cAB = (c1 + d/2 ) 2 / (2c1 + c2 + 2d )
cCD = (c1 + d/2 ) - cAB
Jc = (c1 + d/2) *d3/6 + 2d * (cAB3 + cCD3) / 3 + d * (c2 + d) cAB2
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d/2) / (c2 +d)) ]}

where c1 and c2 are the column dimensions with c1 parallel to the axis of
moment, and d is the effective depth.

C. Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-3)

FIGURE 5.10.2-3 FOR A DESIGN STRIP IN LEFT-


RIGHT DIRECTION

Ac = d (2c2 + c1 + 2d)

5-47
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Jc = (c1 + d) 3 * d /12 + (c1 + d) *d3/12 + d * (c2 + d/2) * (c1+ d) 2 /2


V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d/2)) ]}

where c1 and c2 are the column dimensions with c1 perpendicular to the axis of
moment and d is the effective depth.

Column at the re-entrant corner as shown in Fig.5.10.2- 4 is treated as Edge-


column.

FIGURE 5.10.2-4

D. Corner Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-5)

FIGURE 5.10.2-5

Ac = d (c1 + c2 + d)
cAB = (c1 + d/2 ) 2 / 2 * (c1 + c2 + d )

5-48
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

cCD = (c1 + d/2 ) - cAB


Jc = (c1 + d/2) *d3/12 + d * (cAB3 + cCD3) / 3 + d * (c2 + d/2) cAB2
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c2 +d/2) / (c1 +d/2)) ]}

where c1 and c2 are the column dimensions with c1 parallel to the axis of
moment and d is the effective depth.

For corner columns (Fig. 1.1-6) the column reaction does not act at the
centroid of the critical section. The governing moment for the analysis of the
design section is:

Mue = Mu Vu* e

FIGURE 5.10.2-6

E. Support with Drop Cap (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-7)

For supports provided with drop caps, or drop panels, a minimum of two
punching shear checks are necessary. The first check is at distance d1/2
from the face of the column, where d1 is the effective depth of the thickened
section (drop cap or drop panel). The second check is at a distance d2/2 from
the face of drop cap/panel, where d2 is the slab thickness.

5-49
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.10.2-7

5.10.3 Punching Shear Stress Calculations

In order to keep the focus on punching shear stress calculation, the work starts by
assuming that the design values (Mu and Vu) for each column-slab condition are
given. In the general case, these are calculated from the analysis of a design strip,
using the Equivalent Frame Method, or Finite Elements. The values used in this
writing are obtained from an ADAPT-PT computer run. The hand calculations of the
stresses are compared with the computer output for verification. Excellent agreement
is obtained.

A. Support #1 Corner Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-5)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 44.95 kips (199.95 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 111.67 kip-ft (151.40 kN-m)

5-50
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

(i) Section Properties for Shear Stress

Column width, c1 = 24 in (610 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 24 in (610 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, diameter = 0.625 in (16 mm)
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d = 9 - 0.75 - 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d value in this case is measured from the bottom
of the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

For corner columns (Fig. 5.10.2-6) the column reaction does not act at
the centroid of the critical section. The governing moment for the
analysis of the design section is:

Mue = Mu Vu* e

where e is the eccentricity between the centroid of the column and


that of the critical section being considered.

c1+ d/2 = 24 + (7.625/2) = 27.813 in (706 mm)


c2 + d/2 = 24 + (7.625/2) = 27.813 in (706 mm)
Ac = d (c1 + c2 + d) = 7.625 * (24+ 24+ 7.625)
= 424.14 in2 (2.736e+5 mm2)
cAB = (c1 + d/2 ) 2 / 2 * (c1 + c2 + d )
= 27.8132 / (2* (24+ 24+ 7.625))
= 6.953 in (177 mm)
cCD = (c1 + d/2 ) - cAB
= 27.813 - 6.953 = 20.860 in (530 mm)

Jc = (c1 + d/2)*d3/12+d*(cAB3 + cCD3)/3 +d* (c2 + d/2) cAB2


= 27.813* 7.625 3/12+ 7.625 *(6.953 3 + 20.8603)/3+ 7.625
*27.813 * 6.953 2
= 35,205 in4 (1.465e+10 mm4)

V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c2 +d/2) / (c1 +d/2)) ]}


= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (27.813 / 27.813) ]}
= 0.40

5-51
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

(ii) Stress Due to Shear

Vu / Ac = 44.95 * 1000/ 424 14


= 105.98 psi (0.73 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 105.99 psi,
B12, C5)

(iii) Stress Due to Bending

For the first support, if the column moment is clockwise, the moment
due to shear must be deducted from the column moment.

Eccentricity, e = (c1+ d/2) - cAB - c1/2 =27.813


6.953 12
= 8.860 in (225 mm)
Mue = 111.67 - 44.95 * 8.860 /12
= 78.48 kip-ft (106.40 kN-m)
M stress = ( V * Mue * cAB)/ Jc
= (0.40 * 78.48 * 12000 *
6.953)/ 35,205
= 74.40 psi (0.51 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 74.41
psi, B12, C6)

(iv) Total Stress

Total stress = Stress due to shear +


stress due to bending
= 105.98 + 74.40
= 180. 38 psi (1.24 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 180.40 psi,
B12, C7)

(v) Allowable Stress

Column cross section is closer to a discontinuous edge than 4 times the


slab thickness. Therefore, according to ACI-318-02 section
11.12.2.2, allowable stress shall be computed according to section
11.12.2.1.

Allowable stress is the least of

vc = *( 2 + 4/c )* f c
= 0.75
c = long side of column/ short side of column
= long side of column/ short side of column
vc = 0.75 *( 2 + 4/1 )* 4000
= 284.60 psi (1.96 MPa)

5-52
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

vc = *(( s* d/ b0 )+ 2 )* f c
s = 20 for corner columns
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 2 * 27.813 = 55.626 in (1413 mm)
vc = 0.75 *(( 20 * 7.625/ 55.626 )+ 2 )* 4000
= 224.91 psi (1.55 MPa)

vc = *4* f c
= 0.75 * 4 * 4000
= 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) ----------------- Controls

Allowable Stress = 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) (ADAPT-PT


189.74 psi, B12,
C8)

(v) Stress Ratio

Stress ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 180. 38 / 189.74
= 0.95 < 1 OK (ADAPT-PT 0.95, B12, C9)

B. Support #2 Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-3)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 99.66 kips (443.31 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 35.46 kip-ft (48.08 kN-m)

(i) Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Column width, c1 = 24 in (610 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 24 in (610 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, diameter = 0.625 in (16 mm)
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d = 9 - 0.75 - 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d value in this case is measured from the bottom
of the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1 + d = 24 + 7.625 = 3 1.625 in (803 mm)


c2 +d/2 = 24 + 7.625/2 = 27.813 in (706 mm)
5-53
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Ac = d (2c2 + c1 + 2d) = 7.625 * (2*24+ 24+ 2*7.625)


= 665.28 in2 (4.292e+5 mm2)
Jc = (c1+d) 3 *d /12 + (c1 + d)*d3/12+d*(c2+d/2)*(c1+ d) 2/2
= 31.625 3 *7.625 /12 + 31.625 *7.625 3/12+7.625
*27.813 *31.625 2/2
= 127,318 in4 (5.299e+10 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d/2)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (31.625 / 27.813) ]}
= 0.416

(ii) Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 99.66 * 1000/ 665.28


= 149.80 psi (1.03 MPa) ADAPT-PT 149.81 psi, B12,
C5)

(iii) Stress Due to Bending

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d))/2* Jc


= (0.416 * 35.46 * 12000 * 31.625)
/ 2*127,318
= 21.98 psi (0.15 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 21.96
psi, B12, C6)

(iv) Total Stress

Total stress = Stress due to shear +


stress due to bending
= 149.80 + 21.98
= 171.78 psi (1.18 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 171.77 psi,
B12, C7)

(v) Allowable Stress

Column cross section is closer to a discontinuous edge than 4 times the


slab thickness. Therefore, according to ACI-318-02 section
11.12.2.2, allowable stress shall be computed according to section
11.12.2.1.

Allowable stress is the least of

vc = *( 2 + 4/c )* f c
= 0.75
c = long side of column/ short side of column
= 24/24 =1

5-54
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

vc = 0.75 *( 2 + 4/1 )* 4000


= 284.60 psi (1.96 MPa)

vc = *(( s* d/ b0 )+ 2 )* f c
s = 30 for edge column
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 2 * 27.813 +31.625 = 87.251 in (2216 mm)
vc = 0.75 *(( 30 * 7.625/ 87.251 )+ 2 )* 4000
= 219.23 psi (1.51 MPa)

vc = *4* f c
= 0.75 * 4 * 4000
= 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) ----------------- Controls

Allowable Stress = 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) (ADAPT-PT


189.74 psi, B12,
C8)

(v) Stress Ratio

Stress ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 171.78 / 189.74
= 0.91 < 1 OK (ADAPT-PT 0.91, B12, C9)

C. Support #3 Edge Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-4)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 155.11 kips (689.96 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 172.45 kip-ft (233.81 kN-m)

(i) Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Column width, c1 = 28 in (711 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 28 in (711 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, diameter = 0.625 in (16 mm)
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d = 9 - 0.75 - 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d value in this case is measured from the bottom of
the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1 + d = 28 + 7.625 = 35.625 in (905 mm)


5-55
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

c2 +d/2 = 28 + 7.625/2 = 31.813 in (808 mm)


Ac = d (2c2 + c1 + 2d) = 7.625 * (2*28+ 28+ 2*7.625)
= 756.78 in2 (4.882e+5 mm2)
Jc = (c1+d) 3 *d /12 + (c1 + d)*d3/12+d*(c2+d/2)*(c1+ d) 2/2
= 35.625 3 *7.625 /12 + 35.625 *7.625 3/12 +7.625
*31.813 *35.625 2/2
= 183,976 in4 (7.658e+10 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d/2)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (35.625 / 31.813) ]}
= 0.414

(ii) Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 155.11 * 1000/ 756.78


= 204.96 psi (1.41 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 204.96 psi, B12,
C5)

(iii) Stress Due to Bending

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d ))/2* Jc


= (0.414 * 172.45 * 12000 * 35.625)
/ 2*183,976
= 82.95 psi (0.57 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 82.88
psi, B12, C6)

(iv) Total Stress

Total stress = Stress due to shear +


stress due to bending
= 204.96 + 82.95
= 287.91 psi (1.99 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 287.85 psi,
B12, C7)

(v) Allowable Stress

Column cross section is closer to a discontinuous edge than 4 times the


slab thickness. Therefore, according to ACI-318-02 section 11.12.2.2,
allowable stress shall be computed according to section 11.12.2.1.

Allowable stress is the least of

vc = *( 2 + 4/c )* f c
= 0.75
c = long side of column/ short side of column
= 28/28 =1

5-56
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

vc = 0.75 *( 2 + 4/1 )* 4000


= 284.60 psi (1.96 MPa)

vc = *(( s* d/ b0 )+ 2 )* f c
s = 30 for edge column
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 2 * 31.813 +35.625
= 99.251 in (2521 mm)
vc = 0.75 *(( 30 * 7.625/ 99.251 )+ 2 )* 4000
= 204.19 psi (1.41 MPa)

vc = *4* f c
= 0.75 * 4 * 4000
= 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) ----------------- Controls

Allowable Stress = 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) (ADAPT-PT


189.74 psi, B12,
C8)

(vi) Stress Ratio

Stress ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 287.91 / 189.74
= 1.52 > 1 N.G (ADAPT-PT 1.52, B12, C9)

For 4f c allowable stress, according to ACI-318-02 section


11.12.3.2, the maximum allowed is 1.5 times the permissible value.
Therefore enlarge the section resisting the punching shear.

D. Support #4 Interior Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-1)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 198.21 kips (881.68 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 29.07 kip-ft (39.41 kN-m)

(i) Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Column width, c1 = 24 in (610 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 24 in (610 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, diameter = 0.625 in (16 mm)
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d = 9 - 0.75 - 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

5-57
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d value in this case is measured from the bottom of
the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1 + d = 24 + 7.625 = 31.625 in (803 mm)


c2 +d = 24 + 7.625 = 31.625 in (803 mm)
Ac = 2d(c1 + c2 + 2d)) = 2*7.625 * (24+ 24+ 2*7.625)
= 964.56 in2 (6.223e+5 mm2)
Jc = (c1+ d)*d3/6+ (c1 + d) 3*d/6 +d* (c2 + d)*(c1+ d) 2 /2
= 31.625*7.625 3/6 +31.625 3*7.625 /6+7.625 *31.625*
31.625 2 /2
= 163,120 in4 (6.790e+10 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (31.625 / 31.625) ]}
= 0.40

(ii) Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 198.21 * 1000/ 964.56


= 205.49 psi (1.42 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 205.49 psi, B12,
C5)

(iii) Stress Due to Bending

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d))/ (2* Jc)


= (0.40 * 29.07 * 12000 * 31.625)
/ 2*163,120
= 13.53 psi (0.09 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 13.53
psi, B12, C6)

(iv) Total Stress

Total stress = Stress due to shear +


stress due to bending
= 205.49 + 13.53
= 219.02 psi (1.51 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 219.02 psi,
B12, C7)

(v) Allowable Stress

From ACI-318-02 equation 11.36

Allowable Stress is

vc = *[( p* f c + 0.3 * fpc ) + Vp]

5-58
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

where,

= 0.75
p is the smaller of 3.5 or (( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5)
s = 40 for interior column
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 4 * 31.625
= 126.50 in (3213 mm)
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)
p = (( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5) = (( 40* 7.625 / 126.50 )+ 1.5)
= 3.91 >3.50, use 3.50
fpc = P/A = 125.03 psi (0.86 MPa) (ADAPT-PT B 9.3)

vc = 0.75 *( 3.5* 4000 + 0.3 *125.03 )


= 194.15 psi (1.34 MPa)

Allowable Stress = 194.15 psi (1.34 MPa) (ADAPT-PT


194.15 psi, B12,
C8)

Note that in the evaluation of allowable stresses, the term


corresponding to the vertical component of tendon force (Vp) is
conservatively disregarded.

(vi) Stress Ratio

Stress ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 219.02 / 194.15
= 1.13 > 1 N.G (ADAPT-PT 1.13, B12, C9)

Punching Shear Stress exceeds the permissible value. Provide shear


reinforcement.

E. Support #5 Interior Column with Drop Cap (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-7)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 212.75 kips (946.35 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 35.95 kip-ft (48.74 kN-m)

Check whether the critical section lies within the cap or slab.

5-59
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

(i) Section #1 (d/2 from the Column Face)

Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Column width, c1 = 18 in (457 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 18 in (457 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 +9 = 18 in (457 mm)
Rebar used #5, = 0.625 in (16 mm)
diameter
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d1 = 18- 0.75- 0.625 = 16.625 in (422 mm)

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d1 value in this case is measured from the bottom
of the drop panel to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1+ d1 = 18 + 16.625 = 34.625 in (880 mm)


c2+ d1 = 18 + 16.625 = 34.625 in (880 mm)
Ac = 2d(c1 + c2 + 2d))= 2*16.625 * (18+ 18+ 2*16.625)
= 2302.56 in2 (1.486e+6 mm2)
Jc = (c1+ d)*d3/6+ (c1 + d) 3*d/6 +d* (c2 + d)*(c1+ d) 2 /2
= 34.625*16.625 3/6 +34.625 3*16.625 /6+16.625 *34.625*
34.625 2 /2
= 486,604 in4 (2.025e+11 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (34.625 / 34.625) ]}
= 0.40

Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 212.75 * 1000/ 2302.56


= 92.40 psi (0.64 MPa)

Stress Due to Bending

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d))/ (2* Jc)


= (0.40 * 35.95 * 12000 * 34.625)/ 2*486,604
= 6.14 psi (0.04 MPa)

Total Stress

Total Stress = Stress due to shear + stress due to bending


= 92.40 + 6.14
= 98.54 psi (0.68 MPa)

5-60
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Allowable Stress

From ACI-318-02 ( equation 11.36 )

Allowable Stress is

vc = *[( p* f c + 0.3 * fpc ) + Vp]

where,

= 0.75
p is the smaller of 3.5 or (( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5)
s = 40 for interior column
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 4 * 34.625
= 138.50 in (3518 mm)
d = 16.625 in (422 mm)
p = (( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5) = (( 40* 16.625 / 138.50 )+ 1.5)
= 6.30 >3.50, use 3.50
fpc = P/A = 125.03 psi (0.86 MPa) (ADAPT-PT B 9.3)

vc = 0.75 *( 3.5* 4000 + 0.3 *125.03 )


= 194.15 psi (1.34 MPa)

Note that in the evaluation of allowable stresses, the term


corresponding to the vertical component of tendon force (Vp) is
conservatively disregarded.

Stress Ratio

Stress Ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 98.56 / 194.15
= 0.51

(ii) Section #2 (d/2 from the Drop Cap Face)

Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Cap width, c1 = 45 in (1143 mm)


Cap depth, c2 = 45 in (1143 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, = 0.625 in (16 mm)
diameter
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d2 = 9- 0.75- 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

5-61
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d2 value in this case is measured from the bottom
of the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1 CAP+ d2 = 45 + 7.625 = 52.625 in (1337 mm)


c2 CAP+ d2 = 45 + 7.625 = 52.625 in (1337 mm)
Ac = 2d(c1 + c2 + 2d) = 2*7.625 * (45+ 45+ 2*7.625)
= 1605.06 in2 (1.036e+6 mm2)
Jc = (c1+ d)*d3/6+ (c1 + d) 3*d/6 +d* (c2 + d)*(c1+ d) 2 /2
= (52.625 *7.625 3)/6 +(52.625 3*7.625) /6+(7.625
*52.625*52.625 2) /2
= 744,729 in4 (3.100e+11 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d) / (c2 +d)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (52.625 / 52.625) ]}
= 0.40

Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 212.75 * 1000/ 1605.06


= 132.55 psi (0.91 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 132.55 psi, B12,
C5)

Stress Due to Bending

M stress = ( V * Mu * (c1+ d))/ (2* Jc)


= (0.40 * 35.95 * 12000 * 52.625)
/ 2*744,729
= 6.10 psi (0.04 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 6.10 psi,
B12, C6)

Total Stress

Total Stress = Stress due to shear


+ stress due to bending
= 132.55 + 6.10
= 138.65 psi (0.96 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 138.65 psi,
B12, C7)

Allowable Stress

From ACI-318-02 equation 11.36

Allowable Stress,

vc = *[( p* f c + 0.3 * fpc ) + Vp]

5-62
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

where,

= 0.75
p is the smaller of 3.5 or ( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5)
s = 40 for interior column
b0 = Perimeter of the critical section
= 4 * 52.625
= 210.50 in (5347 mm)
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)
p = ( s* d/ b0 )+ 1.5)
= ( 40* 7.625 / 210.50)+ 1.5)
= 2.95 < 3.50, use 2.95
= P/A = 125.03 psi (0.86 MPa) ( ADAPT B9.3 )

Allowable Stress = 168.06 psi (1.16 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 168.01


psi, B12, C8)

Note that in the evaluation of allowable stresses, the term


corresponding to the vertical component of tendon force (Vp) is
conservatively disregarded.

Stress Ratio

Total Stress = Actual / Allowable


= 138.65 / 168.06
= 0.83 < 1, OK (ADAPT-PT 0.83, B12, C9)

Since the stress ratio in section#2 is larger than the stress ratio in
section #1, the section#2 governs and reported in the program.

F. Support #6 End Column (Refer Fig. 5.10.2-2)

Actions at the joint are:

Vu = 100.97 kips (449.13 kN) (B 10.3, ADAPT PT)


Mu = 338.23kip-ft (458.57 kN-m)

(i) Section Properties for Shear Stress Computations

Column width, c1 = 28 in (711 mm)


Column depth, c2 = 28 in (711 mm)
Slab depth, h = 9 in (229 mm)
Rebar used #5, diameter = 0.625 in (16 mm)
Top Cover to rebar = 0.75 in (19 mm)
d = 9 - 0.75 - 0.625 = 7.625 in (194 mm)

5-63
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Since top bars in one direction are placed above the top bars in the
other direction, the d value in this case is measured from the bottom of
the slab to the bottom of the top layer of rebar.

c1 +d/2 = 28 + 7.625/2 = 31.813 in (808 mm)


c2 + d = 28 + 7.625 = 35.625 in (905 mm)
Ac = d (2c1 + c2 + 2d) = 7.625 * (2*28+ 28+ 2*7.625)
= 756.78 in2 (4.882e+5 mm2)
cAB = (c1 + d/2 )2 /(2c1 + c2 + 2d )
= 31.8132 / (2*28 + 28 + 2*7.625)
= 10.200 in (259 mm)
cCD = 31.813 - 10.200
= 21.613 in (549 mm)
Jc = 31.813 *7.625 3/6 + 2*7.625 *(10.200 3 + 21.613 3)
/3 +7.625 *35.625*10.200 2
= 87,327 in4 (3.635e+10 mm4)
V = 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * ((c1 +d/2) / (c2 +d)) ]}
= 1- {1/[1+ (2/3) * (31.813 / 35.625) ]}
= 0.386

(ii) Stress Due to Direct Shear

Vu / Ac = 100.97 * 1000/ 756.78


= 133.42 psi (0.92 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 133.42 psi, B12,
C5)

(iii) Stress Due to Bending

Mue = Mu Vu* e

For the last support, if the column moment is anticlockwise, the


moment due to shear must be deducted.

Eccentricity, e = (c1+ d/2) - cAB - c1/2 = 31.813 10.200 14


= 7.613 in (193 mm)
Mue = 338.23- 100.97 * 7.613 /12
= 274.17 kip-ft (371.72 kN-m)
M stress = ( V * Mue * cAB)/ Jc
= (0.386 * 274.18 * 12000 * 10.200)/ 87,327
= 148.33 psi (1.02 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 148.48
psi, B12, C6)

(iv) Total Stress

Total stress = Stress due to shear +

5-64
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

stress due to bending


= 133.42 + 148.33
= 281.75 psi (1.94 MPa) (ADAPT-PT 281.89 psi ,
B12, C7)

(v) Allowable Stress

Column cross section is closer to a discontinuous edge than 4 times the


slab thickness. Therefore, according to ACI-318-02 section 11.12.2.2,
allowable stress shall be computed according to section 11.12.2.1.

Allowable stress is the least of

vc = *( 2 + 4/c )* f c
= 0.75
c = long side of column/ short side of column
= 28/28 =1
vc = 0.75 *( 2 + 4/1 )* 4000
= 284.60 psi (1.96 MPa)

vc = *(( s* d/ b0 )+ 2 )* f c
s = 30 for end column
d = 7.625 in (194 mm)

b0 = Perimeter of the critical section


= 2 * 31.813 +35.625
= 99.251 in (2521 mm)

vc = 0.75 *(( 30 * 7.625/ 99.251 )+ 2 )* 4000


= 204.19 psi (1.41 MPa)

vc = *4* f c
= 0.75 * 4 * 4000
= 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) ----------------- Controls

Allowable Stress = 189.74 psi (1.31 MPa) (ADAPT-PT


189.74 psi, B12,
C8)

(vi) Stress Ratio

Stress ratio = Actual / Allowable


= 281.75 / 189.74
= 1.48 > 1, N.G (ADAPT-PT 1.49, B12, C9)

5-65
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Punching Shear Stress exceeds the permissible value. Provide shear


reinforcement.

5.10.4 Computed Values

A. Computer Report for American Units

Comments:

Where stress ratrios exceed 1.00, punching shear reinforcement must be


provided. If a stress ratio exceeds 1.50, the section has to be enlarged, or re-
designed such as to bring the ratio to 1.50 or less. In this case, column 3 has
been conservatively modeled as an edge column. Its punching shear
capacity is larger than assumed in the program. For this reason, it is
acceptable if reinforced.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-02/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: info@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: At Time: 9:43
PROJECT FILE: Punch_US

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
Two-Way Post Tensioned Floor System

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 4000.00 psi
for COLUMNS ................. 4000.00 psi

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 3605.00 ksi


for COLUMNS ................ 3605.00 ksi

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

SELF WEIGHT ...................................... 150.00 pcf

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... 6.000
At Bottom ....................................... 6.000

5-66
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 60.00 ksi
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. .75 in
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... .75 in

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 270.00 ksi
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 175.00 ksi
Strand area....................................... .153 in^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 1.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 1.00 in
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 1.00 in
Min average precompression ....................... 125.00 psi
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ TWO-WAY
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| ft | in in | in in | in in | in |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
C 1 1.00 192.00 9.00 9.00 .06 .94
1 1 25.00 192.00 9.00 9.00 .06 .94
2 1 30.00 192.00 9.00 9.00 .06 .94
3 1 30.00 360.00 9.00 9.00 .50 .50
4 1 30.00 360.00 9.00 9.00 .50 .50
5 1 30.00 360.00 9.00 9.00 .50 .50
C 1 1.17 360.00 9.00 9.00 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

5-67
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

2.1.5 - D R O P C A P A N D D R O P P A N E L D A T A
==============================================================================
CAPT CAPB CAPDL CAPDR DROPTL DROPTR DROPB DROPL DROPR
JOINT in in in in in in in in in
--1------2-------3-------4-------5---------6-------7-------8-------9-------10-
1 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
2 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
3 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
4 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
5 18.00 45.00 22.50 22.50 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
6 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
DROP CAP DIMENSIONS: DROP PANEL DIMENSIONS:
CAPT = Total depth of cap DROPTL = Total depth left of joint
CAPB = Transverse Width DROPTR = Total depth right of joint
CAPDL = Extension left of joint DROPB = Transverse Width
CAPDR = Extension right of joint DROPL = Extension left of joint
DROPR = Extension right of joint
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT in ft in in ft in in
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 24.00 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1)
2 24.00 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1)
3 28.00 10.00 28.00 28.00 (1) 10.00 28.00 28.00 (1)
4 24.00 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1) 10.00 24.00 24.00 (1)
5 18.00 10.00 18.00 18.00 (1) 10.00 18.00 18.00 (1)
6 28.00 10.00 28.00 28.00 (1) 10.00 28.00 28.00 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3.1 - LOADING AS APPEARS IN USER`S INPUT SCREEN PRIOR TO PROCESSING


==============================================================================

UNIFORM
(k/ft^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(k/ft) ( k@ft or ft-ft ) ( k-ft @ ft )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------
CANT L U .040
CANT D U .020
1 L U .040
1 D U .020
2 L U .040
2 D U .020
3 L U .040
3 D U .020

5-68
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

4 L U .040
4 D U .020
5 L U .040
5 D U .020
CANT L U .040
CANT D U .020

NOTE: SELFWEIGHT INCLUSION REQUIRED

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon
9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
CANT 1 .000
1 2 .000 .428 .000 .000
2 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
4 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
5 2 .000 .586 .000 .000
CANT 1 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (in) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (k/-) Left Center Right (psi) (k/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
CANT 220.000 4.50 4.50 127.31 .000 0
1 220.000 4.50 1.00 8.00 127.31 1.198 56
2 220.000 8.00 1.00 8.00 127.31 1.141 54
3 405.100 8.00 1.00 8.00 125.03 2.101 53
4 405.100 8.00 1.00 8.00 125.03 2.101 52
5 405.100 8.00 1.00 4.50 125.03 1.530 38
CANT 405.100 4.50 4.50 125.03 .000 0

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 1056.4 LB

5-69
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (k-ft)


(k) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 44.95 31.46 -31.84 -55.84 -31.84 -55.84
2 99.66 71.34 -8.95 -17.73 -8.95 -17.73
3 155.11 110.94 -55.96 -86.23 -55.96 -86.23
4 198.21 141.38 14.54 9.92 14.54 9.92
5 212.75 152.85 -15.70 -17.98 -15.70 -17.98
6 100.97 71.30 169.12 106.81 169.12 106.81

12 - P U N C H I N G S H E A R C H E C K
==============================================================================

LEGEND:
CONDITION... 1 = INTERIOR COLUMN
2 = END COLUMN
3 = CORNER COLUMN
4 = EDGE COLUMN (PARALLEL TO SPAN)
5 = EDGE BEAM, WALL, OR OTHER NON-CONFORMING GEOMETRY
PERFORM SHEAR CHECK MANUALLY
6 = STRIP TOO NARROW TO DEVELOP PUNCHING SHEAR

CASE........ 1 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #1 GOVERNS (COL.CAP OR SLAB)


2 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #2 GOVERNS (DROP PANEL OR SLAB)

FACTORED ACTIONS <- PUNCHING SHEAR STRESSES IN psi->


shear moment due to due to allow- STRESS
JNT COND. k k-ft shear moment TOTAL able RATIO CASE
-1----2-------3-------4---------5---------6--------7---------8-------9-----10-
1 3 44.95 111.67 105.99 74.41 180.40 189.74 .95 1
2 4 99.66 35.46 149.81 21.96 171.77 189.74 .91 1
3 4 155.11 172.45 204.96 82.88 287.85 189.74 1.52 1
4 1 198.21 29.07 205.49 13.53 219.02 194.15 1.13 1
5 1 212.75 35.95 132.55 6.10 138.65 168.01 .83 2
6 2 100.97 338.23 133.42 148.48 281.89 189.74 1.49 1

PUNCHING SHEAR STRESS IN ONE OR MORE LOCATIONS EXCEEDS THE PERMISSIBLE


VALUE. PROVIDE SHEAR REINFORCEMENT, OR ENLARGE THE SECTION RESISTING THE
PUNCHING SHEAR

B. Computer Report for SI Units

Comments:

Where stress ratrios exceed 1.00, punching shear reinforcement must be


provided. If a stress ratio exceeds 1.50, the section has to be enlarged, or re-

5-70
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

designed such as to bring the ratio to 1.50 or less. In this case, column 3 has
been conservatively modeled as an edge column. Its punching shear
capacity is larger than assumed in the program. For this reason, it is
acceptable if reinforced.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 AMERICAN (ACI 318-02/IBC-03) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: At Time: 15:7
PROJECT FILE: Punch_SI

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
TWO-WAY POST-TENSIONED FLOOR SYSTEM
Punch_SI

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 28.00 N/mm^2
for COLUMNS ................. 28.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 24870.00 N/mm^2


for COLUMNS ................ 24870.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

SELF WEIGHT ...................................... 2400.00 Kg/m^3

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... .498
At Bottom ....................................... .498

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .450

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 413.69 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 19.05 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 19.05 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1863.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1206.60 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 99.000 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 25.00 mm

5-71
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 25.00 mm


Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 25.00 mm
Min average precompression ....................... .86 N/mm^2
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ TWO-WAY
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED
Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES
Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
C 1 .31 4877 229 229 .06 .94
1 1 7.62 4877 229 229 .06 .94
2 1 9.14 4877 229 229 .06 .94
3 1 9.14 9144 229 229 .50 .50
4 1 9.14 9144 229 229 .50 .50
5 1 9.14 9144 229 229 .50 .50
C 1 .36 9144 229 229 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

2.1.5 - D R O P C A P A N D D R O P P A N E L D A T A
==============================================================================
CAPT CAPB CAPDL CAPDR DROPTL DROPTR DROPB DROPL DROPR
JOINT mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
--1------2-------3-------4-------5---------6-------7-------8-------9-------10-
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 457 1144 572 572 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5-72
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

LEGEND:
DROP CAP DIMENSIONS: DROP PANEL DIMENSIONS:
CAPT = Total depth of cap DROPTL = Total depth left of joint
CAPB = Transverse Width DROPTR = Total depth right of joint
CAPDL = Extension left of joint DROPB = Transverse Width
CAPDR = Extension right of joint DROPL = Extension left of joint
DROPR = Extension right of joint
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm
--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 610 3.05 610 610 (1) 3.05 610 610 (1)
2 610 3.05 610 610 (1) 3.05 610 610 (1)
3 711 3.05 711 711 (1) 3.05 711 711 (1)
4 610 3.05 610 610 (1) 3.05 610 610 (1)
5 457 3.05 457 457 (1) 3.05 457 457 (1)
6 711 3.05 711 711 (1) 3.05 711 711 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM
L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT
Li= LINE LOAD
SW= SELF WEIGHT Computed from geometry input and treated as dead loading
Unit selfweight W = 2400.0 Kg/m^3

Intensity ( From ... To ) ( M or C ...At) Total on Trib

3.1 - LOADING AS APPEARS IN USER`S INPUT SCREEN PRIOR TO PROCESSING


==============================================================================

UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------
CANT L U 1.915

5-73
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

CANT D U .958
1 L U 1.915
1 D U .958
2 L U 1.915
2 D U .958
3 L U 1.915
3 D U .958
4 L U 1.915
4 D U .958
5 L U 1.915
5 D U .958
CANT L U 1.915
CANT D U .958

NOTE: SELFWEIGHT INCLUSION REQUIRED

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
CANT 2 .000
1 2 .000 .428 .000 .000
2 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
3 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
4 2 .000 .500 .000 .000
5 2 .000 .586 .000 .000
CANT 2 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
CANT 978.600 114.50 115.00 .88 10.520 34

5-74
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

1 978.600 115.00 25.00 204.00 .88 17.636 57


2 978.600 204.00 25.00 204.00 .88 16.760 54
3 1800.850 204.00 25.00 204.00 .86 30.842 53
4 1800.850 204.00 25.00 204.00 .86 30.842 53
5 1800.850 204.00 25.00 115.00 .86 22.522 39
CANT 1800.850 115.00 115.00 .86 .000 0

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 481.9 Kg


10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)
(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 200.14 140.12 -43.09 -75.62 -43.09 -75.62
2 443.59 317.64 -12.08 -23.97 -12.08 -23.97
3 690.38 493.90 -75.74 -116.73 -75.74 -116.73
4 882.48 629.52 19.27 13.22 19.27 13.22
5 945.50 679.74 -20.12 -22.14 -20.12 -22.14
6 450.41 318.01 230.48 145.39 230.48 145.39

12 - P U N C H I N G S H E A R C H E C K
==============================================================================

LEGEND:
CONDITION... 1 =
INTERIOR COLUMN
2 =
END COLUMN
3 =
CORNER COLUMN
4 =
EDGE COLUMN (PARALLEL TO SPAN)
5 =
EDGE BEAM, WALL, OR OTHER NON-CONFORMING GEOMETRY
PERFORM SHEAR CHECK MANUALLY
6 = STRIP TOO NARROW TO DEVELOP PUNCHING SHEAR

CASE........ 1 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #1 GOVERNS (COL.CAP OR SLAB)


2 = STRESS WITHIN SECTION #2 GOVERNS (DROP PANEL OR SLAB)

FACTORED ACTIONS <- PUNCHING SHEAR STRESSES IN N/mm^2 ->


shear moment due to due to allow- STRESS
JNT COND. kN kN-m shear moment TOTAL able RATIO CASE
-1----2-------3-------4---------5---------6--------7---------8-------9-----10-
1 3 200.14 151.24 .73 .51 1.24 1.32 .94 1
2 4 443.59 47.95 1.03 .15 1.18 1.32 .90 1
3 4 690.38 233.47 1.41 .57 1.98 1.32 1.50 1
4 1 882.48 38.55 1.41 .09 1.50 1.32 1.14 1
5 1 945.50 44.27 .91 .04 .95 1.14 .83 2
6 2 450.41 460.96 .92 1.03 1.95 1.32 1.48 1

PUNCHING SHEAR STRESS IN ONE OR MORE LOCATIONS EXCEEDS THE PERMISSIBLE


VALUE. PROVIDE SHEAR REINFORCEMENT, OR ENLARGE THE SECTION RESISTING THE
PUNCHING SHEAR

5-75
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

5.11 One-Way Shear Verification for British Version

The following describes the general method of verification for each of the datum columns of
ADAPT-PT report for one-way shear calculation (Data Block 12). Following the description,
a specific section of the three span T-beam from Chapter 3,volume 2 of the manual is
verified.

ADAPT-PT reports moments, shears and stresses at 1/20th points along each span in
MOMENTS.DAT, SHEARS.DAT and STRESSES.DAT files. These files are reproduced
and attached at the end of this section for ease of reference.

Shear calculations are carried out for sections which fall outside the face-of-support. Sections
which are adjacent to the supports (up to two times the member depth from the face-of-
support) exhibit a stronger shear resistance compared to sections away from supports. This
added strength, referred to in BS8110 3.4.5.8 as enhanced shear strength is conservatively
disregarded in the shear evaluations by ADAPT-PT. Hence, sections near the supports and
concentrated loading are treated the same as regular sections.

Column 3. V

This is the factored shear. The factors are read from first line of data block 10; the shears
from SHEARS.DAT.

V = 1.4*Vd + 1.60*Vl + Vsec

Consider a section in the second span distanced 1.7 meters from the second-support line.
Refer to SHEARS.DAT printout, second span, X/L=0.10; the following values are read off
and combined into V:

V = 1.4*(-225.30) + 1.6*(-64.37) + 15.78 = -402.63 kN (Block 12, Column 3, -403.23)

Column 4. M

Factored moments are calculated at 1/20th points from the MOMENTS.DAT file using the
following relationship. The numerical factors are given below data block 10 of general
ADAPT printout.

M = 1.4*Md + 1.6*Ml + Msec

Observe that due to the patterned nature of live load, it is possible that at a given section
there will be both a positive and a negative live load moment due to different arrangements
of loads. In such a case, the preceding equation is evaluated for both conditions; the factored
moment with the highest absolute magnitude is selected and reported in data block 12.

For the section being used as an example:

5-76
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

M = 1.4*(-591.32) + 1.6*(-168.95) + 284.33 = -813.84 kNm (Block 12, Column 4, -815.17)

Column 5. v

The average shear over the section is computed from:

v = V/(b*h)

For T-sections b represents the stem width.

For the example given: b = 460 mm; h = 900 mm; hence

v = 402.63*1000/(460*900) = 0.973 N/mm2 (B12,C5; 0.97 N/mm2 OK)

Column 6. vc

vc is the design concrete shear 3.9 of BS8110 as follows:

vc = (0.79*[100*(Aps+As)/(bv*dr)]l/3*(400/dr)l/4)/m

where,

Aps = Area of prestressing steel


As = area of nonprestressed reinforcement on tension side
bv = width of section (stem width for T-sections)
dr = distance of tension rebar to compression fiber
m = material constant stipulated as 1.25

The following adjustments are observed when calculating vc:

if [100*(Aps+As)/(bv*dr)] > 3 , set it equal to 3;


if (400/dr) < 1 , set it equal to 1;

The enhancement in concrete shear stress vc due to higher concrete strength fcu is
conservatively not implemented. The enhancement states that for concrete strengths up to fcu
= 40 N/mm2, vc may be multiplied by (fcu/25)1/3.

For the particular section of the example:

Aps = 1660*1000/1060 = 1566 mm2;

5-77
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

where, 1660 kN is the specified post-tensioning force for span 1 from (B9.3, C2). Observe
that the same force is used for the section under consideration in the second span, since it is
assumed that terminated tendons extend over the support from first span into the second span
and are anchored at one-fifth point of second span; 1060 N/mm2 is the average stress in
tendon specified by user as part of input and given in B1.

bv = 460 mm from (B2.1, C5);

dr = 900 - 25 - 16/2 = 867 mm;

where 25 mm is cover to rebar from B1 and 16 mm is the diameter of top bar specified by
user and read from B11.3, C3. Note that the top bar parameters are used, since M is negative,
otherwise bottom bar values apply.

As = 1541 mm (B11.3.1, C2)

Note that the rebar area chosen is for the tension side, and that it is used if it falls within the
rebar cut-off length stipulated by the user and reported immediately below B11.1.

Substituting the values:

vc = (0.79*[l00*(1566+1541)/(460*867)]1/3*(1)l/4)/1.25 (B12, C6; 0.58 N/mm2 OK)


= 0.58 N/mm2

In the preceding (400/867) is set as 1, since it shall not be taken less than 1.

Column 7. vco

From Equation 54 of BS8110 4.3.8.4

vco = 0.67*(ft2 + 0.8*fcp*ft)1/2

where,

ft = maximum design principal tensile stress


ft = 0.24*(fcu)1/2 (BS8110 4.3.8.4); and
fcp = design compressive stress at the
centroidal axis due to prestress, taken as
positive; for T-sections and when the
centroidal axis falls within the flange the
stress at the interface of stem and flange is
used

5-78
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

For the particular case:

ft = 0.24*(35)1/2 = 1.42 N/mm2

Strictly speaking, the centroidal axis used for shear should be based on the cross-sectional
geometry that is defined by the effective width of the section. However, in the example under
consideration, the effective width concept was not used. Hence the properties of the entire
section are used.

Since centroidal axis (305.08 mm from the flanged side, B4.1, C5) falls within the stem
(flange thickness 120 mm, B2, C7) the stresses at centroid are used. The stress at the
centroidal axis is interpolated between the stresses at the extreme fibers given in
STRESS.DAT file under PT. Refer to STRESS.DAT file and read the extreme fiber stresses
for span 2, X/L = 0.1 as follows:

Stress at top, ftop = -5.70 N/mm2 (compression)


stress at bottom, fbot = 3.68 N/mm2
total depth = 900 mm
depth from bottom to = 594.92 mm
centroidal axis

Hence,

fcp = 3.68 + (594.92/900)*(-5.70 - 3.68)


= -2.52 N/mm2
vco = 0.67*(1.422 + 0.80*2.52*1.42)1/2 (B12, C7 1.48 N/mm2)
= 1.48 N/mm2

Note that in the preceding relationship compression is substituted as positive

Column 8. vcr

The design ultimate resistance of a section cracked in flexure is given by Equation 55 of


BS8110, as reproduced below normalized with respect to (b*h):

vcr = (1 - 0.55*fpea/fpu)*vc*(dr/h) + (Mo/M)*v

But, vcr need not be less than 0.1*(dr/h)*(fcu)l/2.

The factor (dr/h) is added to make the normalization consistent with BS8110 Equation 55.
The parameters are:

fpea = adjusted fpe

5-79
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

fpea = PTF/(Aps + (fy/fpu)*As);


PTF is the prestressing force (B9.3, C2);
but if fpe = PTF/Aps > 0.6*fpu set fpe = 0.6*fpu;
fpe is user input, see B1

fpu = tendon's ultimate strength; user input, see B1;


vc = design concrete shear stress from B12, C6;
Mo = defined under column 9; and
v = given under column 5.

For the section under consideration

PTF = 1660 kN (B9.3, C2);


fpe = 1060 N/mm2 (B1)
Aps = PTF/fpe = 1660*1000/1060 = 1566 N/mm2;

As = 1541 mm2 (B11.3, C2);


M/Mo = 1.06 (B12, C9);
v = 0.97 (B12, C5)

Substitute;

fpea = (1660*1000)/(1566 + (460/1770)*1541)


= 844.15 N/mm2

vcr = (1 - 0.55*844.15/1770)*0.58*(867/900)
+ 0.97/1.06
= 0.412 + 0.915 = 1.327 N/mm2 (B12, C8, 1.33 N/mm2 OK)

Column 9. Ratio M/Mo

Herein;

M = applied factor moment (B12, C4)


Mo = moment necessary to produce zero stress in the concrete at the
extreme tension fiber (decompression moment); in this calculation
only 0.80 of the stress due to prestress is taken into account

Mo is calculated from the prestressing stresses and the section modulii. The following two
conditions are differentiated:

One, if applied moment due to dead and live loading alone is positive, then

5-80
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Mo = 0.80*fptop*Sb; and,

two, when the sum of dead and live loading are negative

Mo = 0.80*fptop*St;

where,

fpbot and fptop = stresses due to prestressing only; from file STRESSES.DAT;
Sb and St = bottom and top section modulii derived from B4.1.

For the particular example and from MOMENTS.DAT file it is noted that (DL + LL)
moments add up to a negative number, hence relationship (ii) is used.

fptop = 5.70 N/mm2 compression (STRESSES.DAT file)


St = I/Yt = (0.5164*1011)/305.08 = 169.3*106 mm3

Mo = 0.80*5.70*169.3*106/106 = 772.01 kNm;


M = 815.17 kNm (from column 4);

hence

M/Mo = 815.17/772.01 = 1.06 (B12, C9 1.06 OK)

Columns 10 and 11: Asv and Spacing of Links (Stirrups)

The Fig. 5.11-1 for shear in prestressed concrete is used to calculate the area of links and
spacing between them. It is assumed that the links are two legged. The bar size used is user
defined and is printed at top of column 10.

5-81
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

FIGURE 5.11-1 FLOW CHART FOR SHEAR


IN PRESTRESSED
CONCRETE

In the preceding, the values of Fig. 5.11-1 are normalized with respect to (b*h). To avoid
confusion, herein vca is used as normalized Vc of the figure (vca = Vc/b*h).

For the particular example since M/Mo = 1.06, the section is cracked. Hence, select the lesser
of vco and vcr as the average design stress resistance.

vca = lesser of 1.48 and 1.33, select 1.33 N/mm2


v = 0.97
v >0.5*vca = 0.5*1.33 = 0.67 N/mm2, hence links
required
v <vca + 0.4 = (1.33 + 0.4) = 1.73 N/mm2, hence Equation
56 applied (CASE 2)

Asv = 0.4*bv*1000/0.87fyv
= 0.4*460*1000/0.87*460 = 459.77 mm2/m (B12, C10, 460 mm2,OK)

Area for each two-legged 8mm bar used is 2*50 = 100 mm2; hence, the required spacing sv
is given by:

5-82
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

sv = 1000*100/459.77 = 217.5 mm (B12,C11, 21 cm, OK)

5.11.1 Beam Example (MNL5-3B)

FIGURE 5.11.1-1

5-83
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADAPT-PT FOR POST-TENSIONED BEAM/SLAB DESIGN |
| Version 7.00 BRITISH (BS 8110-1985) |
| ADAPT CORPORATION - Structural Concrete Software System |
| 1733 Woodside Road, Suite 220, Redwood City, California 94061 |
| Phone: (650)306-2400, Fax: (650)364-4678 |
| Email: Support@AdaptSoft.com, Web site: http://www.AdaptSoft.com |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATE AND TIME OF PROGRAM EXECUTION: Jan 24,2005 At Time: 23:25
PROJECT FILE: Mnl5-3b

P R O J E C T T I T L E:
T-BEAM EXAMPLE FOR ADAPT USING BS8110
THREE SPAN T-BEAM

1 - USER SPECIFIED G E N E R A L D E S I G N P A R A M E T E R S
==============================================================================

CONCRETE:
STRENGTH at 28 days, for BEAMS/SLABS ............. 35.00 N/mm^2
for COLUMNS ................. 35.00 N/mm^2

MODULUS OF ELASTICITY for BEAMS/SLABS ............ 26568.00 N/mm^2


for COLUMNS ................ 26568.00 N/mm^2

CREEP factor for deflections for BEAMS/SLABS ..... 2.00


CONCRETE WEIGHT .................................. NORMAL

TENSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c)1/2)


At Top .......................................... .450
At Bottom ....................................... .450

COMPRESSION STRESS limits (multiple of (f'c))


At all locations ................................. .330

REINFORCEMENT:
YIELD Strength ................................... 460.00 N/mm^2
Minimum Cover at TOP ............................. 25.00 mm
Minimum Cover at BOTTOM .......................... 25.00 mm

POST-TENSIONING:
SYSTEM ........................................... UNBONDED
Ultimate strength of strand ...................... 1770.00 N/mm^2
Average effective stress in strand (final) ....... 1060.00 N/mm^2
Strand area....................................... 150.000 mm^2
Min CGS of tendon from TOP........................ 35.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for INTERIOR spans.. 80.00 mm
Min CGS of tendon from BOTTOM for EXTERIOR spans.. 80.00 mm
Min average precompression ....................... 1.00 N/mm^2
Max spacing between strands (factor of slab depth) 8.00
Tendon profile type and support widths............ (see section 9)

ANALYSIS OPTIONS USED:


Structural system ................................ BEAM
Moment of Inertia over support is ................ NOT INCREASED

5-84
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

Moments REDUCED to face of support ............... YES


Limited plastification allowed(moments redistributed) NO
Effective flange width consideration ............. NO

2 - I N P U T G E O M E T R Y
==============================================================================

2.1.1 PRINCIPAL SPAN DATA OF UNIFORM SPANS


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S F| | | TOP |BOTTOM/MIDDLE| |
P O| | | FLANGE | FLANGE | REF | MULTIPLIER
A R| LENGTH| WIDTH DEPTH| width thick.| width thick.|HEIGHT| left right
N M| m | mm mm | mm mm | mm mm | mm |
-1-----3----4-------5-------6-------7------8------9------10----11-----12----13-
1 2 20.00 460 900 2500 120 900 .50 .50
2 2 17.00 460 900 2500 120 900 .50 .50
3 2 5.00 460 900 2500 120 900 .50 .50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGEND:
1 - SPAN 3 - FORM
C = Cantilever 1 = Rectangular section
2 = T or Inverted L section
3 = I section
4 = Extended T or L section
7 = Joist
8 = Waffle
11 - Top surface to reference line

2.2 - S U P P O R T W I D T H A N D C O L U M N D A T A

SUPPORT <------- LOWER COLUMN ------> <------ UPPER COLUMN ------>


WIDTH LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC* LENGTH B(DIA) D CBC*
JOINT mm m mm mm m mm mm

--1-------2---------3-------4-------5-----6---------7-------8-------9----10---
1 360 3.00 360 360 (3) .00 0 0 (1)
2 480 3.00 480 480 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
3 480 3.00 480 480 (1) .00 0 0 (1)
4 360 3.00 360 360 (3) .00 0 0 (1)

*THE COLUMN BOUNDARY CONDITION CODES (CBC)


Fixed at both ends ...(STANDARD) ............................. = 1
Hinged at near end, fixed at far end ......................... = 2
Fixed at near end, hinged at far end ......................... = 3
Fixed at near end, roller with rotational fixity at far end .. = 4

3 - I N P U T A P P L I E D L O A D I N G
==============================================================================

<---CLASS---> <--------------TYPE------------------->
D = DEAD LOAD U = UNIFORM P = PARTIAL UNIFORM

5-85
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

L = LIVE LOAD C = CONCENTRATED M = APPLIED MOMENT


Li= LINE LOAD
UNIFORM
(kN/m^2), ( CON. or PART. ) ( M O M E N T )
SPAN CLASS TYPE LINE(kN/m) ( kN@m or m-m ) ( kN-m @ m )
-1-----2------3---------4------------5-------6-----------7-------8------------

1 L L 8.000 .00 20.00


1 D L 28.000 .00 20.00

2 L L 8.000 .00 17.00


2 D L 28.000 .00 17.00

3 L L 8.000 .00 5.00


3 D L 28.000 .00 5.00

4 - C A L C U L A T E D S E C T I O N P R O P E R T I E S
==============================================================================

4.1 For Uniform Spans and Cantilevers only

SPAN AREA I Yb Yt
mm^2 mm^4 mm mm
-1-------------2----------------3---------------4-------------5-----
1 658800.00 .5164E+11 594.92 305.08
2 658800.00 .5164E+11 594.92 305.08
3 658800.00 .5164E+11 594.92 305.08

Note:
--- = Span/Cantilever is Nonuniform, see block 4.2

5 - D E A D L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

< 5.1 S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm) > < 5.2 SPAN SHEARS (kN) >
SPAN M(l)* Midspan M(r)* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3---------------4--------------5-----------6-------
1 -125.89 760.18 -1153.75 -228.61 331.39
2 -1014.79 293.37 -421.47 -272.90 203.10
3 -368.38 -94.60 4.18 -144.51 -4.51

Note:
* = Centerline moments

JOINT < 5.3 REACTIONS (kN) > <- 5.4 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) ->

--1---------------2----------------Lower columns----Upper columns-----


1 228.61 -125.85 .00
2 604.29 138.94 .00
3 347.61 53.08 .00
4 -4.51 -4.18 .00

5-86
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

6 - L I V E L O A D M O M E N T S, S H E A R S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================

<-- 6.1 L I V E L O A D SPAN MOMENTS (kNm) and SHEAR FORCES (kN) -->

<----- left* -----> <--- midspan ---> <---- right* -----> <--SHEAR FORCE-->
SPAN max min max min max min left right
-1-------2---------3--------4--------5---------6---------7--------8--------9--
1 -35.97 -35.97 217.20 217.20 -329.64 -329.64 -65.32 94.68
2 -289.94 -289.94 83.82 83.82 -120.42 -120.42 -77.97 58.03
3 -105.25 -105.25 -27.03 -27.03 1.19 1.19 -41.29 -1.29

Note:
* = Centerline moments

<- 6.2 REACTIONS (kN) -> <-------- 6.3 COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm) -------->
<--- LOWER COLUMN ---> <--- UPPER COLUMN --->
JOINT max min max min max min
--1-----------2----------3------------4----------5------------6----------7----
1 65.32 .00 .00 -35.96 .00 .00
2 172.66 .00 39.70 .00 .00 .00
3 99.32 .00 15.17 .00 .00 .00
4 .00 -1.29 .00 -1.19 .00 .00

Note: Block 6.1 through 6.3 values are maxima of all skipped loading cases

7 - M O M E N T S REDUCED TO FACE-OF-SUPPORT
==============================================================================

7.1 R E D U C E D DEAD LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

SPAN <- left* -> <- midspan -> <- right* ->
--1---------------2-------------3-------------4-------------------------------
1 -85.19 760.20 -1075.00
2 -950.10 293.40 -373.50
3 -334.50 -94.60 2.92

Note:
* = face-of-support

7.2 R E D U C E D LIVE LOAD MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -24.34 -24.34 217.20 217.20 -307.10 -307.10
2 -271.50 -271.50 83.82 83.82 -106.70 -106.70

5-87
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

3 -95.57 -95.57 -27.03 -27.03 .83 .83

Note:
* = face-of-support
8 - SUM OF DEAD AND LIVE MOMENTS (kNm)
==============================================================================
Maxima of dead load and live load span moments combined
for serviceability checks ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL )

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -109.53 -109.53 977.40 977.40 -1382.10 -1382.10
2 -1221.60 -1221.60 377.22 377.22 -480.20 -480.20
3 -430.07 -430.07 -121.63 -121.63 3.75 3.75

Note:
* = face-of-support

9 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON PROFILES


==============================================================================

9.1 PROFILE TYPES AND PARAMETERS


LEGEND:
For Span:
1 = reversed parabola
2 = simple parabola with straight portion over support
3 = harped tendon

For Cantilever:
1 = simple parabola
2 = partial parabola
3 = harped tendon

9.2 T E N D O N P R O F I L E
TYPE X1/L X2/L X3/L A/L
----------1--------2----------3----------4----------5------
1 1 .000 .500 .100 .000
2 1 .100 .500 .100 .000
3 1 .100 .500 .000 .000

9.3 - SELECTED POST-TENSIONING FORCES AND TENDON DRAPE


==============================================================================
Tendon editing mode selected: FORCE SELECTION

<-------- SELECTED VALUES --------> <--- CALCULATED VALUES --->


FORCE <- DISTANCE OF CGS (mm) -> P/A Wbal Wbal
SPAN (kN/-) Left Center Right (N/mm^2) (kN/-) (%DL)
--1----------2---------3--------4--------5-----------6----------7--------8--
1 1660.000 595.00 80.00 865.00 2.52 21.580 77
2 925.000 865.00 80.00 865.00 1.40 20.100 72

5-88
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

3 925.000 865.00 750.00 595.00 1.40 -5.920 -21

Approximate weight of strand ........................... 441.6 Kg

9.5 R E Q U I R E D MINIMUM P O S T - T E N S I O N I N G FORCES (kN )

<- BASED ON STRESS CONDITIONS -> <- BASED ON MINIMUM P/A ->
SPAN LEFT* CENTER RIGHT* LEFT CENTER RIGHT
--1----------2----------3----------4---------------5---------6---------7----
1 .00 1492.40 1226.43 658.80 658.80 658.80
2 1086.19 320.92 51.53 658.80 658.80 658.80
3 .00 .00 .00 658.80 658.80 658.80

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.6 S E R V I C E S T R E S S E S (N/mm^2) (tension shown positive)

L E F T * C E N T E R R I G H T *
SPAN TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM
-1----------2---------3-------------4---------5-------------6---------7----
1 -2.26 -3.02 -4.68 1.70 .72 -8.83
2 .26 -7.93 -1.86 -.51 -.30 -3.55
3 -.28 -3.60 -1.50 -1.22 -1.50 -1.21

Note:
* = face-of-support

9.7 POST-TENSIONING B A L A N C E D M O M E N T S, SHEARS & REACTIONS

<-- S P A N M O M E N T S (kNm ) --> <-- SPAN SHEARS (kN) -->


SPAN left* midspan right* SH(l) SH(r)
--1---------2--------------3--------------4---------------5----------6------
1 65.70 -611.40 834.30 -15.00 -15.00
2 751.80 -299.30 293.60 15.78 15.78
3 239.50 137.40 13.20 .31 .31

Note:
* = face-of-support

<--REACTIONS (kN)--> <-- COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm ) -->


-joint------------2-----------------Lower columns-----Upper columns-----
1 15.000 93.340 .000
2 -30.780 -82.180 .000
3 15.480 -48.170 .000
4 .305 6.829 .000

10 - F A C T O R E D M O M E N T S & R E A C T I O N S
==============================================================================
Calculated as ( 1.40D + 1.60L + 1.00 secondary moment effects)

5-89
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

10.1 FACTORED DESIGN MOMENTS (kNm)

<----- left* ------> <---- midspan ----> <----- right* ----->


SPAN max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 -68.60 -21.66 1699.56 1306.65 -1607.66 -1270.66
2 -1459.00 -1220.00 796.84 529.49 -739.27 -412.87
3 -704.29 -420.19 -75.58 -250.09 -5.82 1.93

Note:

* = face-of-support

10.2 SECONDARY MOMENTS (kNm)


SPAN <-- left* --> <- midspan -> <-- right* -->
-1-----------2----------------3----------------4--------
1 96.04 243.30 389.70
2 307.40 177.00 46.65
3 -5.38 -6.07 -6.77

Note:
* = face-of-support

10.3 FACTORED REACTIONS 10.4 FACTORED COLUMN MOMENTS (kNm)


(kN) <-- LOWER column --> <-- UPPER column -->
JOINT max min max min max min
-1----------2----------3-----------4----------5-----------6----------7-----
1 439.55 335.04 -82.78 -140.32 .00 .00
2 1091.56 815.24 175.80 112.28 .00 .00
3 661.03 502.12 50.41 26.14 .00 .00
4 -6.01 -8.08 .97 -.94 .00 .00

11 - M I L D S T E E L
==============================================================================

SPECIFIC CRITERIA for ONE-WAY or BEAM SYSTEM


- Minimum steel ............................. 0.004A
- Moment capacity > factored (design) moment

Support cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .17


Span cut-off length for minimum steel(length/span) ... .33
Top bar extension beyond where required ............. 300.00 mm
Bottom bar extension beyond where required ............. 300.00 mm

REINFORCEMENT based on NO REDISTRIBUTION of factored moments


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 TOTAL WEIGHT OF REBAR = 578.8 Kg AVERAGE = 5.5 Kg/m^2
TOTAL AREA COVERED = 105.00 m^2

11.2.1 S T E E L A T M I D - S P A N

5-90
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA

SPAN (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN---------> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--------->


--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 0 ( 0 0 0) 1095 ( 834 1095 0)
2 0 ( 0 0 0) 1095 ( 0 1095 0)
3 1541 ( 0 1541 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

11.3.1 S T E E L A T S U P P O R T S
T O P B O T T O M
As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA As DIFFERENT REBAR CRITERIA
JOINT (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN---------> (mm^2) <---ULT-----MIN--------->
--1------2---------3-------4-------5-----------6---------7-------8-------9----
1 1541 ( 0 1541 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
2 1541 ( 948 1541 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
3 1541 ( 0 1541 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)
4 1541 ( 0 1541 0) 0 ( 0 0 0)

11.2.2 & 11.3.2 LISTING OF THE ENTIRE PROVIDED REBAR

------------------------------------------------------
SPAN ID LOCATION NUM BAR LENGTH [mm] AREA [mm^2]
--1----2-----3------4----5-------6---------7----------
1 1 T 8 # 16 x 4600 1608
1 2 T 8 # 16 x 8000 1608
1 3 B 2 # 25 x 10600 981
1 4 B 1 # 25 x 8600 491
------------------------------------------------------
2 5 T 8 # 16 x 9000 1608
2 6 B 3 # 25 x 7400 1472
------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
Bar location - T = Top, B = Bottom.
NUM - Number of bars.
Refer to tables 11.5.1,11.5.2 and PTsum graphical display for
positioning of bars.

12 - S H E A R D E S I G N FOR BEAMS AND ONE-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS (BS8110-85)


==============================================================================
LEGEND :
M , V .... = factored moments and shears (secondary moment effects included)
v * .... = applied design shear stress
vc * .... = design concrete shear stress
vco * .... = resisting design concrete shear stress of uncracked section
vcr * .... = resisting design concrete shear stress of cracked section
Asv .... = area of links required per meter
sv .... = spacing of two-legged links
fyv .... = 460.00 N/mm^2
* These values are normalized with respect to (b*h)

5-91
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

CASES .... = 1 not requiring shear reinforcement (4.3.8.6)


2 requiring moderate shear reinforcement (4.3.8.7, eqn 56)
3 requiring regular shear reinforcement (4.3.8.8, eqn 57)
4 applied shear exceeds maximum limit (4.3.8.2)

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support
SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter (Net span from .18 to 19.76 m )

RATIO X V M v vc vco vcr RATIO Asv # 8@


X/L m kN kNm <------ N/mm^2 ------> M/Mo mm^2 cm CASE
--1-----2--------3--------4------5-----6-----7-----8----9-----10-----11-------
.00 .00 -444.74 -147.81
.05 1.00 -392.74 273.14 .95 .46 1.48 1.06 1.25 460 21 2
.10 2.00 -340.74 637.65 .82 .46 1.48 .71 1.98 460 21 2
.15 3.00 -288.74 952.39 .70 .46 1.48 .60 2.31 460 21 2
.20 4.00 -236.74 1215.12 .57 .48 1.48 .59 2.48 460 21 2
.25 5.00 -184.74 1425.85 .45 .51 1.48 .59 2.58 460 21 2
.30 6.00 -132.73 1584.63 .32 .55 1.48 .59 2.63 460 21 2
.35 7.00 -80.73 1691.34 .20 .55 1.48 .59 2.65 0 0 1
.40 8.00 -28.73 1746.04 .07 .55 1.48 .59 2.64 0 0 1
.45 9.00 28.52 1748.75 .07 .55 1.48 .59 2.61 0 0 1
.50 10.00 80.52 1699.56 .19 .55 1.48 .59 2.56 0 0 1
.55 11.00 132.51 1598.26 .32 .55 1.48 .59 2.50 460 21 2
.60 12.00 184.51 1444.98 .45 .55 1.48 .59 2.46 460 21 2
.65 13.00 236.51 1239.69 .57 .55 1.48 .62 2.43 460 21 2
.70 14.00 288.51 982.44 .70 .55 1.48 .67 2.41 460 21 2
.75 15.00 340.51 673.16 .82 .46 1.48 .64 2.42 460 21 2
.80 16.00 392.51 311.90 .95 .46 1.48 1.49 .79 460 21 2
.85 17.00 444.51 -183.13 1.07 .58 1.48 3.78 .32 460 21 2
.90 18.00 496.51 -653.64 1.20 .58 1.48 1.85 .84 460 21 2
.95 19.00 548.51 -1176.20 1.32 .58 1.48 1.48 1.24 460 21 2
1.00 20.00 600.51 -1750.68

SPAN = 2 LENGTH = 17.00 meter (Net span from .24 to 16.76 m )

RATIO X V M v vc vco vcr RATIO Asv # 8@


X/L m kN kNm <------ N/mm^2 ------> M/Mo mm^2 cm CASE
--1-----2--------3--------4------5-----6-----7-----8----9-----10-----11-------
.00 .00 -491.63 -1575.84
.05 .85 -447.43 -1176.73 1.08 .58 1.48 1.24 1.31 460 21 2
.10 1.70 -403.23 -815.17 .97 .58 1.48 1.33 1.06 460 21 2
.15 2.55 -359.03 -516.43 .87 .58 1.48 1.42 .86 460 21 2
.20 3.40 -314.83 -278.59 .76 .58 1.48 1.58 .65 460 21 2
.25 4.25 -270.63 200.99 .65 .38 1.27 .85 1.08 460 21 2
.30 5.10 -226.43 395.29 .55 .50 1.27 .61 2.22 460 21 2
.35 5.95 -182.23 552.04 .44 .50 1.27 .59 2.31 460 21 2
.40 6.80 -138.03 671.21 .33 .50 1.27 .59 2.34 460 21 2
.45 7.65 -93.83 752.82 .23 .50 1.27 .59 2.36 0 0 1
.50 8.50 -54.41 796.84 .13 .50 1.27 .59 2.36 0 0 1
.55 9.35 20.17 803.31 .05 .50 1.27 .59 2.36 0 0 1
.60 10.20 59.29 772.20 .14 .50 1.27 .59 2.34 0 0 1
.65 11.05 103.49 703.52 .25 .50 1.27 .59 2.32 0 0 1
.70 11.90 147.69 597.26 .36 .50 1.27 .59 2.27 460 21 2

5-92
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

.75 12.75 191.89 465.84 .46 .38 1.27 .59 2.23 460 21 2
.80 13.60 236.09 301.38 .57 .38 1.27 .59 2.15 460 21 2
.85 14.45 280.29 131.00 .68 .38 1.27 .59 2.33 460 21 2
.90 15.30 324.49 -210.16 .78 .53 1.27 1.63 .64 460 21 2
.95 16.15 368.69 -504.76 .89 .53 1.27 1.11 1.24 460 21 2
1.00 17.00 412.89 -836.93

SPAN = 3 LENGTH = 5.00 meter (Net span from .24 to 4.82 m )

RATIO X V M v vc vco vcr RATIO Asv # 8@


X/L m kN kNm <------ N/mm^2 ------> M/Mo mm^2 cm CASE
--1-----2--------3--------4------5-----6-----7-----8----9-----10-----11-------
.00 .00 -284.77 -771.12
.05 .25 -271.77 -701.57 .66 .53 1.27 .76 1.84 460 21 2
.10 .50 -258.77 -636.92 .63 .53 1.27 .76 1.73 460 21 2
.15 .75 -245.77 -579.64 .59 .53 1.27 .76 1.64 460 21 2
.20 1.00 -232.77 -524.91 .56 .53 1.27 .76 1.55 460 21 2
.25 1.25 -219.77 -472.74 .53 .38 1.27 .61 1.45 460 21 2
.30 1.50 -206.77 -423.11 .50 .53 1.27 .77 1.33 460 21 2
.35 1.75 -193.77 -376.03 .47 .53 1.27 .78 1.21 460 21 2
.40 2.00 -180.77 -331.50 .44 .53 1.27 .80 1.09 460 21 2
.45 2.25 -167.77 -289.52 .41 .53 1.27 .82 .96 0 0 1
.50 2.50 -154.77 -250.09 .37 .53 1.27 .85 .83 0 0 1
.55 2.75 -142.42 -213.21 .34 .53 1.27 .88 .71 0 0 1
.60 3.00 -132.22 -178.88 .32 .53 1.27 .93 .61 0 0 1
.65 3.25 -122.02 -147.10 .29 .53 1.27 .98 .51 0 0 1
.70 3.50 -111.82 -117.87 .27 .53 1.27 1.04 .42 0 0 1
.75 3.75 -101.62 -91.19 .25 .38 1.27 .98 .34 0 0 1
.80 4.00 -91.42 -67.06 .22 .53 1.27 1.25 .26 0 0 1
.85 4.25 -81.22 -45.48 .20 .53 1.27 1.45 .19 0 0 1
.90 4.50 -71.02 -26.45 .17 .53 1.27 1.87 .12 0 0 1
.95 4.75 -60.82 -9.97 .15 .53 1.27 1.59 .12 0 0 1
1.00 5.00 -50.62 3.95

13 - MAXIMUM S P A N D E F L E C T I O N S
==============================================================================

Concrete`s modulus of elasticity .............. Ec = 26568 N/mm^2


Creep factor .................................. K = 2.00
Ieffective/Igross...(due to cracking).......... K = 1.00

Where stresses exceed 0.5(fc`)^1/2 cracking of section is allowed for.


Values in parentheses are (span/max deflection) ratios

<.......DEFLECTION ARE ALL IN mm , DOWNWARD POSITIVE.......>


SPAN DL DL+PT DL+PT+CREEP LL DL+PT+LL+CREEP
-1--------2--------3-----------4---------------5---------------6------
1 19.5 4.6 13.7( 1464) 5.6( 3596) 19.2( 1040)
2 3.4 -.3 -.9(18198) 1.0(17280) .0(*****)
3 -.3 .0 .1(37129) -.1(65343) .1(85991)

5-93
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

ADAPT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM DATE: Jan 24,2005 TIME: 23:24
Data ID: Mnl5-3b Output File ID: MOMENTS.DAT

==============================================================================
SUMMARY OF BENDING SPAN MOMENTS AT 1/20TH POINTS
UNITS ARE ALL IN (kNm)

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter


X/L X DL LL(min) LL(max) PT SECONDARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00 -.12589E+03 -.35968E+02 -.35968E+02 .93504E+02 .93340E+02
.05 1.00 .88721E+02 .25349E+02 .25349E+02 -.53930E+02 .10834E+03
.10 2.00 .27533E+03 .78665E+02 .78665E+02 -.18426E+03 .12334E+03
.15 3.00 .43393E+03 .12398E+03 .12398E+03 -.29750E+03 .13834E+03
.20 4.00 .56454E+03 .16130E+03 .16130E+03 -.39364E+03 .15334E+03
.25 5.00 .66715E+03 .19061E+03 .19061E+03 -.47268E+03 .16834E+03
.30 6.00 .74176E+03 .21193E+03 .21193E+03 -.53463E+03 .18334E+03
.35 7.00 .78836E+03 .22525E+03 .22525E+03 -.57947E+03 .19834E+03
.40 8.00 .80697E+03 .23056E+03 .23056E+03 -.60722E+03 .21334E+03
.45 9.00 .79758E+03 .22788E+03 .22788E+03 -.61787E+03 .22834E+03
.50 10.00 .76018E+03 .21720E+03 .21720E+03 -.61142E+03 .24334E+03
.55 11.00 .69479E+03 .19851E+03 .19851E+03 -.58013E+03 .25834E+03
.60 12.00 .60140E+03 .17183E+03 .17183E+03 -.51627E+03 .27334E+03
.65 13.00 .48001E+03 .13714E+03 .13714E+03 -.41983E+03 .28834E+03
.70 14.00 .33061E+03 .94461E+02 .94461E+02 -.29081E+03 .30334E+03
.75 15.00 .15322E+03 .43777E+02 .43777E+02 -.12921E+03 .31834E+03
.80 16.00 -.52174E+02 -.14907E+02 -.14907E+02 .64964E+02 .33334E+03
.85 17.00 -.28557E+03 -.81590E+02 -.81590E+02 .29172E+03 .34834E+03
.90 18.00 -.54696E+03 -.15627E+03 -.15627E+03 .55104E+03 .36334E+03
.95 19.00 -.83635E+03 -.23896E+03 -.23896E+03 .76151E+03 .37834E+03
1.00 20.00 -.11537E+04 -.32964E+03 -.32964E+03 .84166E+03 .39334E+03

SPAN = 2 LENGTH = 17.00 meter


X/L X DL LL(min) LL(max) PT SECONDARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00 -.10148E+04 -.28994E+03 -.28994E+03 .75947E+03 .31116E+03
.05 .85 -.79294E+03 -.22655E+03 -.22655E+03 .69735E+03 .29775E+03
.10 1.70 -.59132E+03 -.16895E+03 -.16895E+03 .53779E+03 .28433E+03
.15 2.55 -.40993E+03 -.11712E+03 -.11712E+03 .32620E+03 .27092E+03
.20 3.40 -.24877E+03 -.71076E+02 -.71076E+02 .10794E+03 .25750E+03
.25 4.25 -.10784E+03 -.30810E+02 -.30810E+02 -.53153E+01 .24409E+03
.30 5.10 .12865E+02 .36757E+01 .36757E+01 -.10042E+03 .23067E+03

5-94
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

.35 5.95 .11334E+03 .32382E+02 .32382E+02 -.17737E+03 .21726E+03


.40 6.80 .19358E+03 .55308E+02 .55308E+02 -.23616E+03 .20384E+03
.45 7.65 .25359E+03 .72454E+02 .72454E+02 -.27681E+03 .19043E+03
.50 8.50 .29337E+03 .83820E+02 .83820E+02 -.29930E+03 .17701E+03
.55 9.35 .31292E+03 .89406E+02 .89406E+02 -.30363E+03 .16360E+03
.60 10.20 .31224E+03 .89212E+02 .89212E+02 -.28982E+03 .15018E+03
.65 11.05 .29133E+03 .83238E+02 .83238E+02 -.25785E+03 .13677E+03
.70 11.90 .25019E+03 .71484E+02 .71484E+02 -.20773E+03 .12335E+03
.75 12.75 .18883E+03 .53950E+02 .53950E+02 -.13945E+03 .10994E+03
.80 13.60 .10723E+03 .30636E+02 .30636E+02 -.53022E+02 .96525E+02
.85 14.45 .53977E+01 .15420E+01 .15420E+01 .51560E+02 .83111E+02
ADAPT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM DATE: Jan 24,2005 TIME: 23:24
Data ID: Mnl5-3b Output File ID: SHEARS.DAT

==============================================================================
SUMMARY OF SHEAR FORCES ALONG SPANS AT 1/20TH POINTS
UNITS ARE ALL IN (kN)

Note: for LEFT CANTILEVER (if any) X/L= 0.00 is at tip of cantilever,
and X/L= 1.00 is at first support

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter


X/L X DL LL(pos) LL(neg) PT SECONDARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 1.00 -.20061E+03 .00000E+00 -.57316E+02 .13889E+03 -.15000E+02
.10 2.00 -.17261E+03 .00000E+00 -.49316E+02 .12179E+03 -.15000E+02
.15 3.00 -.14461E+03 .00000E+00 -.41316E+02 .10469E+03 -.15000E+02
.20 4.00 -.11661E+03 .00000E+00 -.33316E+02 .87597E+02 -.15000E+02
.25 5.00 -.88607E+02 .00000E+00 -.25316E+02 .70499E+02 -.15000E+02
.30 6.00 -.60607E+02 .00000E+00 -.17316E+02 .53401E+02 -.15000E+02
.35 7.00 -.32607E+02 .00000E+00 -.93163E+01 .36303E+02 -.15000E+02
.40 8.00 -.46071E+01 .00000E+00 -.13163E+01 .19205E+02 -.15000E+02
.45 9.00 .23393E+02 .66837E+01 .00000E+00 .21068E+01 -.15000E+02
.50 10.00 .51393E+02 .14684E+02 .00000E+00 -.14991E+02 -.15000E+02
.55 11.00 .79393E+02 .22684E+02 .00000E+00 -.47569E+02 -.15000E+02
.60 12.00 .10739E+03 .30684E+02 .00000E+00 -.80146E+02 -.15000E+02
.65 13.00 .13539E+03 .38684E+02 .00000E+00 -.11272E+03 -.15000E+02
.70 14.00 .16339E+03 .46684E+02 .00000E+00 -.14530E+03 -.15000E+02
.75 15.00 .19139E+03 .54684E+02 .00000E+00 -.17788E+03 -.15000E+02
.80 16.00 .21939E+03 .62684E+02 .00000E+00 -.21046E+03 -.15000E+02
.85 17.00 .24739E+03 .70684E+02 .00000E+00 -.24303E+03 -.15000E+02
.90 18.00 .27539E+03 .78684E+02 .00000E+00 -.27561E+03 -.15000E+02
.95 19.00 .30339E+03 .86684E+02 .00000E+00 -.14530E+03 -.15000E+02
1.00 20.00

SPAN = 2 LENGTH = 17.00 meter


X/L X DL LL(pos) LL(neg) PT SECONDARY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 .85 -.24910E+03 .00000E+00 -.71172E+02 .13040E+03 .15782E+02
.10 1.70 -.22530E+03 .00000E+00 -.64372E+02 .24502E+03 .15782E+02
.15 2.55 -.20150E+03 .00000E+00 -.57572E+02 .25285E+03 .15782E+02
.20 3.40 -.17770E+03 .00000E+00 -.50772E+02 .14392E+03 .15782E+02
.25 4.25 -.15390E+03 .00000E+00 -.43972E+02 .12256E+03 .15782E+02

5-95
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

.30 5.10 -.13010E+03 .00000E+00 -.37172E+02 .10121E+03 .15782E+02


.35 5.95 -.10630E+03 .00000E+00 -.30372E+02 .79850E+02 .15782E+02
.40 6.80 -.82501E+02 .00000E+00 -.23572E+02 .58494E+02 .15782E+02
.45 7.65 -.58701E+02 .00000E+00 -.16772E+02 .37137E+02 .15782E+02
.50 8.50 -.34901E+02 .00000E+00 -.99718E+01 .15781E+02 .15782E+02
.55 9.35 -.11101E+02 .00000E+00 -.31718E+01 -.55760E+01 .15782E+02
.60 10.20 .12699E+02 .36282E+01 .00000E+00 -.26933E+02 .15782E+02
.65 11.05 .36499E+02 .10428E+02 .00000E+00 -.48289E+02 .15782E+02
.70 11.90 .60299E+02 .17228E+02 .00000E+00 -.69646E+02 .15782E+02
.75 12.75 .84099E+02 .24028E+02 .00000E+00 -.91002E+02 .15782E+02
.80 13.60 .10790E+03 .30828E+02 .00000E+00 -.11236E+03 .15782E+02
.85 14.45 .13170E+03 .37628E+02 .00000E+00 -.13372E+03 .15782E+02
ADAPT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SOFTWARE SYSTEM DATE: Jan 24,2005 TIME: 23:24
Data ID: Mnl5-3b Output File ID: STRESSES.DAT

==============================================================================
SUMMARY OF BENDING STRESSES AT 1/20TH POINTS
UNITS ARE ALL IN (N/mm^2)

NOTE: stresses at centerlines, or next to centerline points may not be of


practical significance if these points fall over the supports. Use the
stresses which fall within the net span length as given at top of each
table below. Where applicable, reduced moments are used.
If live load (LL) is included, its maximum value at any point is used.
Tension is shown positive.
Stress COMBINATION used is .... ( 1.00DL + 1.00LL + 1.00PT)

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter (Net span from .18 to 19.76 m )


<----------- L L ----------->
<--- D L ---> top bottom <--- P T -->
X/L X top bottom max-T max-C max-T max-C top bottom
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 1.00 -.52 1.02 -.15 -.15 .29 .29 -2.20 -3.14
.10 2.00 -1.63 3.17 -.46 -.46 .91 .91 -1.43 -4.64
.15 3.00 -2.56 5.00 -.73 -.73 1.43 1.43 -.76 -5.95
.20 4.00 -3.34 6.50 -.95 -.95 1.86 1.86 -.19 -7.05
.25 5.00 -3.94 7.69 -1.13 -1.13 2.20 2.20 .27 -7.97
.30 6.00 -4.38 8.55 -1.25 -1.25 2.44 2.44 .64 -8.68
.35 7.00 -4.66 9.08 -1.33 -1.33 2.60 2.60 .90 -9.20
.40 8.00 -4.77 9.30 -1.36 -1.36 2.66 2.66 1.07 -9.52
.45 9.00 -4.71 9.19 -1.35 -1.35 2.63 2.63 1.13 -9.64
.50 10.00 -4.49 8.76 -1.28 -1.28 2.50 2.50 1.09 -9.56
.55 11.00 -4.10 8.00 -1.17 -1.17 2.29 2.29 .91 -9.20
.60 12.00 -3.55 6.93 -1.02 -1.02 1.98 1.98 .53 -8.47
.65 13.00 -2.84 5.53 -.81 -.81 1.58 1.58 -.04 -7.36
.70 14.00 -1.95 3.81 -.56 -.56 1.09 1.09 -.80 -5.87
.75 15.00 -.91 1.77 -.26 -.26 .50 .50 -1.76 -4.01
.80 16.00 .31 -.60 .09 .09 -.17 -.17 -2.90 -1.77
.85 17.00 1.69 -3.29 .48 .48 -.94 -.94 -4.24 .84
.90 18.00 3.23 -6.30 .92 .92 -1.80 -1.80 -5.78 3.83
.95 19.00 4.94 -9.64 1.41 1.41 -2.75 -2.75 -7.02 6.25
1.00 20.00

5-96
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

SPAN = 1 LENGTH = 20.00 meter (Net span from .18 to 19.76 m )


<--------- COMBINED -------->
top bottom
X/L X max-T max-C max-T max-C
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 1.00 ----- -2.88 ----- -1.83
.10 2.00 ----- -3.52 ----- -.56
.15 3.00 ----- -4.06 .48 -----
.20 4.00 ----- -4.48 1.31 -----
.25 5.00 ----- -4.79 1.92 -----
.30 6.00 ----- -5.00 2.31 -----
.35 7.00 ----- -5.08 2.48 -----
.40 8.00 ----- -5.06 2.44 -----
.45 9.00 ----- -4.93 2.18 -----
.50 10.00 ----- -4.68 1.70 -----
.55 11.00 ----- -4.37 1.09 -----
.60 12.00 ----- -4.04 .44 -----
.65 13.00 ----- -3.69 ----- -.25
.70 14.00 ----- -3.31 ----- -.97
.75 15.00 ----- -2.92 ----- -1.74
.80 16.00 ----- -2.51 ----- -2.54
.85 17.00 ----- -2.07 ----- -3.39
.90 18.00 ----- -1.62 ----- -4.27
.95 19.00 ----- -.67 ----- -6.14
1.00 20.00

SPAN = 2 LENGTH = 17.00 meter (Net span from .24 to 16.76 m )


<----------- L L ----------->
<--- D L ---> top bottom <--- P T -->
X/L X top bottom max-T max-C max-T max-C top bottom
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 .85 4.68 -9.14 1.34 1.34 -2.61 -2.61 -6.64 5.51
.10 1.70 3.49 -6.81 1.00 1.00 -1.95 -1.95 -5.70 3.68
.15 2.55 2.42 -4.72 .69 .69 -1.35 -1.35 -4.45 1.24
.20 3.40 1.47 -2.87 .42 .42 -.82 -.82 -3.16 -1.28
.25 4.25 .64 -1.24 .18 .18 -.35 -.35 -1.37 -1.47
.30 5.10 -.08 .15 -.02 -.02 .04 .04 -.81 -2.56
.35 5.95 -.67 1.31 -.19 -.19 .37 .37 -.36 -3.45
.40 6.80 -1.14 2.23 -.33 -.33 .64 .64 -.01 -4.12
.45 7.65 -1.50 2.92 -.43 -.43 .83 .83 .23 -4.59
.50 8.50 -1.73 3.38 -.50 -.50 .97 .97 .36 -4.85
.55 9.35 -1.85 3.61 -.53 -.53 1.03 1.03 .39 -4.90
.60 10.20 -1.84 3.60 -.53 -.53 1.03 1.03 .31 -4.74
.65 11.05 -1.72 3.36 -.49 -.49 .96 .96 .12 -4.37
.70 11.90 -1.48 2.88 -.42 -.42 .82 .82 -.18 -3.80
.75 12.75 -1.12 2.18 -.32 -.32 .62 .62 -.58 -3.01
.80 13.60 -.63 1.24 -.18 -.18 .35 .35 -1.09 -2.01
.85 14.45 -.03 .06 -.01 -.01 .02 .02 -1.71 -.81
.90 15.30 .69 -1.34 .20 .20 -.38 -.38 -2.43 .60
.95 16.15 1.53 -2.98 .44 .44 -.85 -.85 -3.00 1.70
1.00 17.00

5-97
ADAPT SPECIFIC VERIFICATIONS Chapter 5

SPAN = 2 LENGTH = 17.00 meter (Net span from .24 to 16.76 m )


<--------- COMBINED -------->
top bottom
X/L X max-T max-C max-T max-C
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.00 .00
.05 .85 ----- -.62 ----- -6.23
.10 1.70 ----- -1.21 ----- -5.08
.15 2.55 ----- -1.33 ----- -4.83
.20 3.40 ----- -1.27 ----- -4.96
.25 4.25 ----- -.55 ----- -3.06
.30 5.10 ----- -.91 ----- -2.37
.35 5.95 ----- -1.22 ----- -1.77
.40 6.80 ----- -1.48 ----- -1.26

5-98
APPENDIX

1. NOTATION.................................................................................................................A-1
ADAPT Appendix

1. NOTATION

a = Depth of compression zone


Ac = area of concrete resisting shear
Amin = code required minimum area of non-prestressed reinforcement
Aps = cross-sectional area of tendon at the location of shear check
As = area of nonprestressed tensile reinforcement
As' = area of nonprestressed compressive reinforcement
Asv = area of links (in2/ft or mm2/m)
Av = area of stirrups

b = width of section (stem in the case of T-sections)


bo = perimeter of critical section
bv = width of section (stem width for T-sections)

C = torsional constant of section

dp = distance of centroid of post-tensioning to extreme compression fiber


dr = distance of compression fiber to centroid of nonprestressed reinforcement (but not less
than 0.8 times total depth of section when checking shear)

e = eccentricity of post-tensioning/prestressing with respect to the centroidal axis of the


section (positive if CGS is above the neutral axis)
E = modulus of elasticity

fbot = stress at bottom


fcp = design compressive stress at centroid due to prestressing
fcu = cube strength at 28 days
f'c = 28 day compressive strength of concrete
fpbot = stresses due to prestressing only, at bottom fiber
fpe = stress in prestressing steel
fpea = PTF/(Aps + (fy/fpu)*As)
fps = stress in tendon of limited state
fptop = stresses due to prestressing only, at top fiber
fpu = tendon's ultimate strength
fse = effective stress in tendon after all losses
ft = maximum design principal tensile stress, 0.24*(fcu)1/2
ftop = stress at top

A-1
ADAPT Appendix

fy = yield strength of stirrups


fy = yield stress of reinforcement
fyv = yield stress of link (stirrup) reinforcement
FEM = Fixed-End Moment

h = member thickness (height of section)

I = gross moment of inertia

Jc = a parameter similar to the moment of inertia of the critical surface, defined in ACI-318
(Chapter 11) Commentary [2]

Kc = column stiffness
Kec = equivalent column stiffness
Kt = stiffness of torsional member

L = span length

M = 1.2*Md + 1.6*Ml + Msec


Mbal = balanced moment due to balanced loading
Md = dead load moment
Ml = live load moment
Mn = nominal moment of a section
Mo = static moment of span
= moment reduce to zero precompression in extreme fiber (decompression moment)
Msec = secondary moment
Mu = factored moment

Nc = force of tensile block

PT = post-tensioning force
PTF = prestressing force

sv = spacing of links
S = section modulus
Sb = bottom section modulii
St = top section modulii

T = tension force
Tp = tension due to post-tensioning
Ts = tension due to nonprestressed rebar

A-2
ADAPT Appendix

Tu = total tension
v = factored shear stress
va = allowable shear stress
vc = design concrete shear stress
vca = Vc/b*h
vco = design concrete shear resistance of uncracked sections
vcr = resisting design concrete shear stress for cracked sections
vu = factored maximum shear stress
V = factored applied shear force
Vc = shear resistance of concrete
Vd = factored shear force due to dead load
Vl = factored shear force due to live load
Vsec = factored shear force due to secondary load
Vu = factored column reaction; factored shear force
w = load intensity
Wbal = balanced loading
Wu = factored loading
Yb = distance of centroidal axis to bottom fiber
Yt = distance of centroidal axis to top fiber
1 = 0.85 for 4000 psi concrete, otherwise as defined in ACI-318(10)
m = material constant stipulated as 1.25
= strength reduction factor
= ratio of nonprestressed tensile reinforcement (see ACI-318(8))
' = ratio of nonprestressed compression reinforcement (see ACI-318(8))
bal = reinforcement ratio producing balanced strain condition (see ACI-318(8))
p = ratio of prestressed reinforcement
= index of nonprestressed tensile reinforcement (see ACI-318(18))
' = index of nonprestressed compressive reinforcement (see ACI-318(18))
p = index of prestressing reinforcement as defined in ACI-318(18)

A-3
ADAPT Appendix

This Page Left Intentionally

BLANK

A-4